ARTEMIS ELECTRICALS LIMITED

Transcription

1 Draft Red Herring Prospectus Dated: March 02, 2019 (This Draft Red Herring Prospectus will be updated upon filing with the RoC) Please read Section 32 of Companies Act, % Book Built Issue ARTEMIS ELECTRICALS LIMITED Our Company was originally incorporated as Artemis Electricals Private Limited as a private limited Company under the provisions of Companies Act, 1956 vide Certificate of Incorporation dated October 26, 2009 bearing Corporate Identification Number U51505MH2009PTC issued by Registrar of Companies, Mumbai, Maharashtra. Subsequently, our Company was converted into a public limited Company pursuant to special resolution passed by the shareholders at the Extraordinary General Meeting held on July 25, 2015 and fresh certificate of incorporation consequently upon change of name was issued by Registrar of Companies, Mumbai, Maharashtra dated August 27, 2015 and name of our Company was changed to Artemis Electricals Limited. The Corporate Identification Number is U51505MH2009PLC For details of incorporation, change of name and registered office of our Company, please refer to the chapter titled General Information and Our History and Certain Other Corporate Matters beginning on page 55 and 156 respectively of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Registered Office: Artemis Complex, Gala No.105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane , Maharashtra, India. Tel No: contact@artemiselectricals.com Website: Contact Person: Alheena Khan, Company Secretary & Compliance Officer OUR PROMOTERS: PRAVIN AGARWAL & M/S YASHVIKRAM INFRASTRUCTURE PRIVATE LIMITED THE ISSUE INITIAL PUBLIC ISSUE OF UP TO 70,00,000 EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF RS /- EACH ( EQUITY SHARES ) OF ARTEMIS ELECTRICALS LIMITED ( THE COMPANY OR THE ISSUER ) FOR CASH AT A PRICE OF RS. [ ] PER EQUITY SHARE (THE ISSUE PRICE ), (INCLUDING A PREMUIM OF RS [ ] PER EQUITY SHARE), AGGREGATING RS. [ ] LAKHS ( THE ISSUE ), OF WHICH [ ] EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF RS /- FOR CASH AT A PRICE OF RS. [ ] EACH AGGREGATING RS. [ ] LAKHS WILL BE RESERVED FOR SUBSCRIPTION BY MARKET MAKER TO THE ISSUE (THE MARKET MAKER RESERVATION PORTION ). THE ISSUE LESS MARKET MAKER RESERVATION PORTION I.E. ISSUE OF [ ] EQUITY SHARES OF FACE VALUE OF RS EACH FOR CASH AT A PRICE OF RS. [ ] PER EQUITY SHARE, AGGREGATING TO RS. [ ] LAKHS IS HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS THE NET ISSUE. THE ISSUE AND THE NET ISSUE WILL CONSTITUTE [ ] AND [ ] RESPECTIVELY OF THE POST ISSUE PAID UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL OF THE COMPANY. THE PRICE BAND AND THE MINIMUM BID LOT WILL BE DECIDED BY OUR COMPANY IN CONSULTATION WITH THE BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER ( BRLM ) AND WILL BE ADVERTISED IN ALL INDIA EDITIONS (WIDELY CIRCULATED) OF ENGLISH NATIONAL DAILY NEWSPAPER [ ], ALL INDIA EDITIONS OF (WIDELY CIRCULATED) HINDI NATIONAL DAILY NEWSPAPER) [ ] AND [ ] EDITIONS OF THE REGIONAL NEWSPAPER (WIDELY CIRCULATED), WHERE OUR REGISTERED OFFICE IS LOCATED) AT LEAST TWO WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID/ISSUE OPENING DATE WITH THE RELEVANT FINANCIAL RATIOS CALCULATED AT THE FLOOR PRICE AND THE CAP PRICE AND SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE BOMBAY STOCK EXCHANGE OF INDIA LIMITED ( BSE, OR THE STOCK EXCHANGE ) FOR THE PURPOSES OF UPLOADING ON IT S WEBSITES. THIS ISSUE IS BEING IN TERMS OF CHAPTER IX OF THE SEBI (ICDR) REGULATIONS, 2018 AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME. THE FACE VALUE OF THE EQUITY SHARES IS RS. 10 EACH AND THE ISSUE PRICE IS [ ] TIMES OF THE FACE VALUE THIS ISSUE IS BEING MADE IN TERMS OF CHAPTER IX OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE BOARD OF INDIA (ISSUE OF CAPITAL AND DISCLOSURE REQUIREMENTS) REGULATIONS, 2018 (THE "SEBI (ICDR) REGULATIONS"), AS AMENDED. IN TERMS OF RULE 19(2)(b)(i) OF THE SECURITIES CONTRACTS (REGULATION) RULES, 1957, AS AMENDED, THIS IS AN ISSUE FOR AT LEAST 25% OF THE POST-ISSUE PAID-UP EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL OF OUR COMPANY. THIS IS BOOK BUILT ISSUE AND ALLOCATION IN THE NET ISSUE TO THE PUBLIC WILL BE MADE IN TERMS OF REGULATION 253 OF THE SEBI (ICDR) REGULATIONS, AS AMENDED. FOR FURTHER DETAILS, PLEASE REFER TO SECTION TITLED "ISSUE PROCEDURE" BEGINNING ON PAGE 276 OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS. In case of a revision in the Price Band, the Bid/Offer Period will be extended for at least three additional working days after such revision of the Price Band subject to the Bid/Offer Period not exceeding a total of 10 Working Days. Any revision in the Price Band and the revised Bid/Offer Period, if applicable, will be widely disseminated by notification to the Stock Exchanges, by issuing a press release, and also by indicating the change on the websites of the BRLMs, and at the terminals of the members of the Syndicate. In terms of the SEBI Circular No. CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015, all potential investors shall participate in the Issue only through an Application Supported by Blocked Amount ( ASBA ) process providing details about the bank account which will be blocked by the Self-Certified Syndicate Banks ( SCSBs ) for the same. For details in this regard, specific attention is invited to "Issue Procedure" on page no. 287 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus.A copy will be delivered for registration to the Registrar of Companies as required under Section 32 of the Companies Act, 2013 RISK IN RELATION TO THE FIRST ISSUE This being the first public issue of our Company, there has been no formal market for our Equity Shares. The face value of the Equity Shares of our Company is Rs and the Issue price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share is [ ] times of the face value. The Issue Price (as determined by our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager as stated in the chapter titled Basis for Issue Price beginning on page 87 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus) should not be taken to be indicative of the market price of the Equity Shares after such Equity Shares are listed. No assurance can be given regarding an active and / or sustained trading in the Equity Shares or regarding the price at which the Equity Shares will be traded after listing. GENERAL RISKS Investments in equity and equity-related securities involve a degree of risk and investors should not invest any funds in this issue unless they can afford to take the risk of losing their investment. Investors are advised to read the risk factors carefully before taking an investment decision in this issue. For taking an investment decision, investors must rely on their own examination of the Company and this issue, including the risks involved. The Equity Shares offered in the issue have not been recommended or approved by the Securities and Exchange Board of India ( SEBI ), nor does SEBI guarantee the accuracy or adequacy of the contents of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Specific attention of the investors is invited to the section titled Risk Factors beginning on page 25 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. COMPANY S ABSOLUTE RESPONSIBILITY The Issuer, having made all reasonable inquiries, accepts responsibility for and confirms that this Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains all information with regard to our Company and this Issue, which is material in the context of this Issue, that the information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is true and correct in all material aspects and is not misleading in any material respect, that the opinions and intentions expressed herein are honestly held and that there are no other facts, the omission or inclusion of which makes this Draft Red Herring Prospectus as a whole or any of such information or the expression of any such opinions or intentions, misleading, in any material respect. LISTING The Equity Shares offered through this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are proposed to be listed on the SME Platform of Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited ( BSE SME ). Our Company has received an approval letter dated [ ] from Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited for using its name in this offer document for listing of our shares on the SME Platform of BSE. For the purpose of this Issue, the Designated Stock Exchange will be the BSE. BOOK RUNNING LEAD MANAGER TO THE ISSUE FEDEX SECURITIES PRIVATE LIMITED 305, Enterprise Centre, Nehru Road, Vile Parle (East), Mumbai , Maharashtra, India. Tel No.: Fax No.: mb@fedsec.in Website: Contact Person: Rinkesh Saraiya SEBI Registration Number: INM Investor Grievance mb@fedsec.in ISSUE OPENS ON ISSUE CLOSES ON REGISTRAR TO THE ISSUE CAMEO CORPORATE SERVICES LIMITED Subramanian Building No. 1 Club House Road, Chennai , Tamil Nadu, India. Tel No.: /1989 Fax No.: cameo@cameoindia.com Website: Contact Person: Mr. R.D. Ramasamy SEBI Registration No.: INR Investor Grievance cameo@cameoindia.com [ ] [ ]

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION I GENERAL...2 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS... 2 FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL, INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA SUMMARY OF OFFER DOCUMENT SECTION II RISK FACTORS...25 SECTION III INTRODUCTION...49 THE ISSUE SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION GENERAL INFORMATION CAPITAL STRUCTURE SECTION IV PARTICULARS OF THE ISSUE...79 OBJECTS OF THE ISSUE BASIS FOR ISSUE PRICE STATEMENT OF POSSIBLE TAX BENEFITS SECTION V ABOUT THE COMPANY INDUSTRY OVERVIEW BUSINESS OVERVIEW KEY INDUSTRY - REGULATIONS HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS OUR MANAGEMENT OUR PROMOTER AND PROMOTER GROUP DIVIDEND POLICY SECTION VI FINANCIALS STATEMENTS RESTATED FINANCIAL STATEMENT OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION CAPITALISATION STATEMENT MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITIONS AND RESULTS OF OPERATION FINANCIAL INDEBTEDNESS SECTION VII LEGAL AND OTHER INFORMATION OUTSTANDING LITIGATION AND MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS GOVERNMENT AND OTHER STATUTORY APPROVALS INFORMATION WITH RESPECT TO GROUP COMPANIES SECTION VIII ISSUE INFORMATION TERMS OF THE ISSUE ISSUE PROCEDURE ISSUE STRUCTURE RESTRICTIONS ON FOREIGN OWNERSHIP OF INDIAN SECURITIES SECTION IX MAIN PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION SECTION X- OTHER INFORMATION MATERIAL CONTRACTS AND DOCUMENTS FOR INSPECTION DECLARATION Page 1 of 335

3 SECTION I GENERAL DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS This Draft Red Herring Prospectus uses certain definitions and abbreviations which, unless the context otherwise indicates or implies or unless otherwise specified, shall have the meaning as provided below. References to any legislation, act, regulations, rules, guidelines or policies shall be to such legislation, act, regulations, rules, guidelines or policies as amended, supplemented, or re-enacted from time to time and any reference to a statutory provision shall include any subordinate legislation made from time to time under that provision. The words and expressions used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms under SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018, the Companies Act 2013, the SCRA, the Depositories Act, and the rules and regulations made thereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms not defined but used in the chapters titled Statement of Possible Tax Benefits, Financial Statements, Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments, Key Industry Regulations and titled Main Provisions of Articles of Association beginning on pages 90, 182, 227 and 144, respectively, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the respective sections. General Terms Term Artemis Electricals Limited / AEL / Artemis / the Company / the Issuer / We / our / Us / our Company Promoter(s) / Core Promoter(s) Promoter Group Company Related Terms Description Unless the context otherwise indicates or implies, refers to Artemis Electricals Limited, a public limited company incorporated under the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 with its registered office at. Artemis Complex, Gala No. 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane , Maharashtra, India. The Promoters of our Company are 1) Pravin Kumar Agarwal; and 2) M/s Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited. Such persons, entities and companies constituting our promoter group pursuant to Regulation 2(1) (pp) of SEBI ICDR Regulations as disclosed in the chapter titled Our Promoter and Promoter Group beginning on page 175 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus Term Description Articles/ Articles of Association / AOA The articles of association of our Company, as amended from time to time Audit Committee The audit committee of our Board, as described in Our Management beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus Board/ Board of Directors The Board of Directors of our Company, as duly constituted from time to time including any committees thereof, as the context may refer to Company Secretary and The Company Secretary & Compliance Officer of our Company being Compliance Officer Alheena Khan CIN Corporate Identification Number of our Company U51505MH2009PLC Chief Financial Officer/ CFO The Chief Financial Officer of our Company being Shivkumar Singh Corporate Office The Corporate Office is located Office 201A, A wing, 2nd floor, Fortune 2000, G- Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai , Maharashtra, India CSR Committee The committee of the Board of Directors constituted as the Company s CSR Committee in accordance with Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 and rules made thereunder. Page 2 of 335

4 Term Director(s) Equity Share(s) Equity Shareholders Group Companies Independent Directors ISIN KMPs/ Key Managerial Personnel MoA / Memorandum/ Memorandum of Association Nomination and Remuneration Committee Peer Reviewed Auditor Registered Office Statutory Auditors Subsidiaries Specified Security Stakeholders Committee Issue Related Terms Term Acknowledgement Slip Relationship Allot / Allotted / Allotment/ Allotment of Equity Shares Allotment Date Allottee(s) Allotment Advice Description Director(s) on the Board, unless otherwise specified Equity Shares of our Company having face value of Rs. 10 each, fully paid up, unless otherwise specified in the context thereof Persons/ entities holding Equity Shares of our Company Companies (other than our Promoters and Subsidiaries) with which there were related party transactions as disclosed in the Restated Financial Statements as covered under the applicable accounting standards, and as disclosed in Information with respect to Group Companies beginning on page 239 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus Independent directors on the Board, and eligible to be appointed as an independent director under the provisions of Companies Act and SEBI Listing Regulations. For details of the Independent Directors, please refer to chapter titled Our Management beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus International Securities identification Number Key management personnel of our Company in terms of Regulation 2(1)(bb) of SEBI ICDR Regulations and Section 2(51) of the Companies Act, 2013 and individuals described in the chapter titled Our Management beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The memorandum of association of our Company, as amended from time to time The nomination and remuneration committee of our Board described in the chapter titled Our Management beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Our Peer Reviewed Auditors, M/s. Mittal Agarwal & Co, Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration No W) Artemis Complex, Gala No. 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane , Maharashtra, India. Our Statutory Auditors, M/s. Mittal Agarwal & Co, Chartered Accountants (Firm Registration No W) The Subsidiaries of our Company as disclose in Our History and Certain Corporate, Matters - Our Subsidiaries from page 156 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus Specified Security mean Equity Shares The Stake Holders Relationship Committee of our Board Description The slip or document issued by a Designated Intermediary to a Bidder as proof of registration of the Bid cum Application Form Unless the context otherwise requires, the allotment of the Equity Shares pursuant to the Issue Date on which the Allotment is made The successful Bidder to whom the Equity Shares are being / have been allotted Note, advice or intimation of Allotment sent to the Bidder who have been or are to be Allotted the Equity Shares after the Basis of Allotment has been approved by the Designated Stock Exchange Page 3 of 335

5 Term Application Supported by Blocked Amount/ ASBA Application Lot Application Amount ASBA Form ASBA Account ASBA Bid ASBA Bidders Bankers to the Company Banker(s) to the Issue Basis of Allotment Bid Bidder Bidding Centers Book Building Process/ Book Building Method Book Running Lead Managers or BRLM Bid / Issue Closing Date Bid / Issue Opening Date Bid / Issue Period Description An application, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders to make a Bid and authorize an SCSB to block the Bid Amount in the ASBA Account [ ] Equity Shares The value indicated in the Application Form and payable by the Bidder/blocked in the ASBA Account on submission of an Application Form in the Issue An application form, whether physical or electronic, used by ASBA Bidders which will be considered as the application for Allotment in terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Prospectus A bank account maintained with an SCSB and specified in the ASBA Form submitted by Bidders for blocking the Bid Amount mentioned in the ASBA Form A Bid made by an ASBA Bidder. All Bidders except Anchor Investors The Federal Bank Limited Collectively, the Escrow Collection Bank(s), Refund Bank(s) and Public Issue Account Bank(s) The basis on which the Equity Shares will be Allotted to successful bidders under the Issue and which is described in the chapter titled Issue Procedure beginning on page 276 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus An Indication to make an application during Bid/Issue Period by a Bidder pursuant to submission of the Bid cum Application From, to subscribe to or purchase the Equity Shares at a price within the Price Band, including all revisions and modifications thereto as permitted under the SEBI ICDR Regulations in accordance with the Draft Red Herring Prospectus and Bid cum Application Form. Any prospective investor who makes a Bid pursuant to the terms of the Red Herring Prospectus and the Bid cum Application Form and unless otherwise stated or implied, includes an Anchor Investor Broker centres notified by BSE where bidders can submit the Application Forms to a Registered Broker. The details of such Broker Centres, along with the names and contact details of the Registered Brokers, are available on the website of the BSE The book building route as provided under Schedule XIII of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations in terms of which this Issue is being made. The book running lead managers to the Issue namely, Fedex Securities Private Limited. The date on which the Issue closes for subscription. The date on which the Issue opens for subscription. The period between the Issue Opening Date and the Issue Closing Date (inclusive of such date and the Issue Opening Date) during which prospective bidders can submit their Application Forms, inclusive of any revision thereof. Provided however that the applications shall be kept open for a minimum of three (3) Working Days for all categories of bidders. Our Company, in consultation with the BRLM, may decide to close applications by QIBs one (1) day prior to the Issue Closing Date which shall also be notified in an advertisement in same newspapers in which the Issue Opening Date was published. Page 4 of 335

6 Term CAN / Confirmation of Allocation Note Cap Price Client ID Collecting Participant or CDP Depository Controlling Branches/ Controlling Branches of the SCSBs Demographic Details Cut Off Price Designated CDP Locations Depositories Depositories Act Depository Participant/DP Prospectus Designated Date Designated Intermediaries Designated Stock Exchange Designated CDP Locations Designated SCSB Branches Designated RTA Locations Description A note or advice or intimation sent to Investors, who have been allotted the Equity Shares, after approval of Basis of Allotment by the Designated Stock Exchange The higher end of the Price Band, above which the Issue Price and will not be finalised and above which no Bids will be accepted. Client identification number of the Bidder s beneficiary account A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act, 1996, registered with SEBI and who is eligible to procure Application Forms at the Designated CDP Locations in terms of circular no. GR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015 issued by SEBI Such branches of the SCSBs which co-ordinate Application Forms by the ASBA Bidders with the Registrar to the Issue and SME Platform of Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited and a list of which is available at or at such other website as may be prescribed by SEBI from time to time The demographic details of the Bidders such as their address, PAN, occupation and bank account details The Issue Price, which shall be any price within the Price band as finalised by our Company in consultation with the BRLM, Only Retail Such locations of the CDPs where Bidders can submit the ASBA Forms. The details of such Designated CDP Locations, along with names and contact details of the Collecting Depository Participants eligible to accept ASBA Forms are available on the respective websites of the Stock Exchange NSDL and CDSL or any other Depositories registered with SEBI under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Depositories and Participants) Regulations, 1996, as amended from time to time The Depositories Act, 1996, as amended from time to time A depository participant registered with SEBI under the Depositories Act. The Prospectus dated [ ] issued in accordance with Section 32 of the Companies Act and filed with SME Platform of National Stock Exchange of India Limited under SEBI ICDR Regulations The date on which funds are transferred by the Escrow Collection Bank(s) from the Escrow Account, or the amounts blocked by the SCSBs are transferred from the ASBA Accounts, as the case may be, to the Public Issue Account following which the Board of Directors shall Allot the Equity Shares to successful Bidders in the Issue The members of the Syndicate, sub-syndicate/agents, SCSBs, Registered Brokers, CDPs and RTAs, who are categorized to collect Application Forms from the Bidders, in relation to the Offer SME Platform of BSE Limited Such centers of the CDPs where Bidders can submit the ASBA Forms. The details of such Designated CDP Locations, along with names and contact details of the CDPs eligible to accept ASBA Forms are available on the website of Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited Such Branches of the SCSBs which shall collect the ASBA Forms used by the Bidders, a list of which is available on pi=yes&intmid=35 Such locations of the RTAs where Bidders can submit the ASBA Forms to RTAs. The details of such Designated RTA Locations, along with the names Page 5 of 335

7 Term Designated Market Maker Draft Red Herring Prospectus Eligible NRI(s) Eligible QFIs Escrow Account(s) Escrow Agent Escrow Agreement Escrow Collection Bank(s) First Bidder Floor Price Foreign Portfolio Investor / FPIs FII / Foreign Institutional Investors General Information Document/ GID Issue Proceeds Issue / Issue Size / Public Issue / IPO / Offer Issue Price Description and contact details of the RTAs are available on the Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited [ ] will act as the Market Maker and has agreed to receive or deliver the specified securities in the market making process for a period of three years from the date of listing of our Equity Shares or for a period as may be notified by amendment to SEBI ICDR Regulations This Draft Red Herring Prospectus dated March 02, 2019 filed with SME Platform of Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited, prepared and issued by our Company in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations. NRI(s) from jurisdictions outside India where it is not unlawful to make an offer or invitation under the Offer and in relation to whom the ASBA Form and the Red Herring Prospectus will constitute an invitation to subscribe to or to purchase the Equity Shares Qualified Foreign Investors from such jurisdictions outside India where it is not unlawful to make an offer or invitation to participate in the Issue and in relation to whom the Prospectus constitutes an invitation to subscribe to Equity Shares issued thereby, and who have opened dematerialized accounts with SEBI registered qualified depository participants, and are deemed as FPIs under SEBI FPI Regulations Account opened with the Escrow Collection Bank(s) and in whose favour the Investors will transfer money through direct credit/neft/rtgs/nach in respect of the Bid Amount when submitting a Bid Escrow agent appointed pursuant to the Escrow Agreement namely [ ] An agreement to be entered among our Company the Registrar to the Issue, the Escrow Collection Bank(s), Refund Bank(s), the BRLM and the Syndicate Members for the collection of Application Amounts and where applicable, for remitting refunds, on the terms and conditions thereof Banks which are clearing members and registered with SEBI as bankers to an issue and with whom the Escrow Accounts will be opened, in this case being [ ] Bidder whose name appears first in the Application Form in case of a joint application form and whose name shall also appear as the first holder of the beneficiary account held in joint names or in any revisions thereof The lower end of the Price Band, subject to any revision thereto, at or above which the Issue Price will be finalised and below which no Bids will be accepted Foreign Portfolio Investor as defined under SEBI FPI Regulations Foreign Institutional Investor as defined under SEBI FII Regulations registered with SEBI under applicable laws in India The General Information Document for investing in public issues prepared and issued in accordance with the circular no. CIR/CFD/DIL/12/2013 dated October 23, 2013, notified by SEBI, suitably modified and included in the chapter titled Issue Procedure beginning on page 276 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus The proceeds from the Issue available to the Company Initial Public Issue of up to 70,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10 each for cash at a price of Rs. [ ] per equity share (including a premium of Rs. [ ] per equity share) aggregating to Rs. [ ] Lakhs by our Company (subject to Pre-IPO Placement) Rs. [ ] per Equity Share Page 6 of 335

8 Term Issue Agreement Listing Agreement Market Making Agreement Market Maker Reservation Portion MSE Mutual Fund(s) Net Issue Net Proceeds Non-Institutional Bidders / NIB Non-Resident Description The agreement dated [ ] between our Company and the Lead Manager, pursuant to which certain arrangements are agreed to in relation to the Issue The Listing Agreement to be signed between our Company and SME Platform of Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited The Market Making Agreement dated [ ] between our Company, Book Running Lead Manager and Market Maker The reserved portion of [ ] Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10 each fully paid-up for cash at a price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share aggregating to Rs. [ ] Lakhs for the Market Maker in this Issue Micro and small enterprises Mutual fund(s) registered with SEBI pursuant to SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996, as amended from time to time The Issue (excluding the Market Maker Reservation Portion) of [ ] Equity Shares of face value Rs. 10 each fully paid-up of our Company for cash at a price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share (the Issue Price) aggregating up to Rs. [ ] Lakhs The Issue Proceeds less the Issue related expenses. For further details, please refer to chapter titled Objects of the Issue beginning on page 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus All Bidders (including Eligible NRIs), who are not QIBs or Retail Individual Bidders and who have applied for Equity Shares for an amount of more than Rs. 2,00,000 A person resident outside India, as defined under FEMA and includes Eligible NRIs, Eligible QFIs, FIIs registered with SEBI and FVCIs registered with SEBI Non-Syndicate Broker Centre Refer SEBI circular no. CIR/CFD/14/2012 dated October 4, 2012 consequent to which stock exchanges have uploaded the Non-Syndicate Broker Centres on their respective websites, where the Application Forms can be submitted Non-Syndicate Stock Broker Non-Syndicate Stock Broker Mechanism A stock broker registered as a member of NSE who has not entered into a sub-syndicate Agreement with the Syndicate Member and is not a part of the Syndicate The process of investors applying through Non-Syndicate Stock Broker at a Non-Syndicate Broker Centre pursuant to SEBI circular no. CIR/CFD/14/2012 dated October 4, 2012 Person or Persons Any individual, sole proprietorship, unincorporated association, unincorporated organization, body corporate, corporation, company, partnership firm, limited liability partnership firm, joint venture, or trust or any other entity or organization validly constituted and/or incorporated in the jurisdiction in which it exists and operates, as the context may require Pricing Date Public Issue Account Qualified Foreign Investors / QFIs QIBs or Qualified Institutional Buyers Red Herring Prospectus/ RHP The date on which the Issue Price is categorized by our Company in consultation with the BRLM pursuant to the Book Price Issue The account to be opened with the Banker to the Issue under section 40 of Companies Act, 2013 to received monies from the ASBA Accounts. A qualified foreign investor as defined in SEBI FPI Regulations Qualified Institutional Buyers as defined under Regulation 2(1)(ss) of SEBI ICDR Regulations The Red Herring Prospectus to be issued in accordance with Section 32 of the Companies Act and the provisions of SEBI ICDR Regulations, which will Page 7 of 335

9 Term Refund through electronic transfer of funds Registered Brokers Registrar Agreement Registrar and Share Transfer Agents or RTAs Registrar to the Issue/Registrar Retail Individual Bidders/RIBs/ Retail Individual Investors/ RIIs Revision Form Prospectus SEBI (Alternative Investment Funds) Regulations/SEBI AIF Regulations SME Self-Certified Syndicate Bank(s) / SCSBs TRS / Transaction Registration Slip Underwriters Underwriting Agreement U.S Securities Act Description not have complete particulars of the price at which the Equity Shares will be offered and the size of the Offer, including any addenda or corrigenda thereto Refunds through NECS, NEFT, direct credit, NACH or RTGS, as applicable Stock brokers registered with SEBI as trading members (except Syndicate/sub-Syndicate Members) who hold valid membership of NSE having right to trade in stocks listed on NSE and eligible to procure Application Forms in terms of SEBI circular no. CIR/CFD/14/2012 dated October 4, 2012 The agreement dated [ ], entered into between our Company and the Registrar to the Issue, in relation to the responsibilities and obligations of the Registrar pertaining to the Issue Registrar and Share Transfer Agents registered with SEBI and eligible to procure Applications at the Designated RTA Locations in terms of circular no. CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015 issued by SEBI Registrar to the Issue being Cameo Corporate Services Limited Individual Bidders (including HUFs applying through their karta and Eligible NRIs), submitting Application Forms, who have applied for Equity Shares for an amount not more than Rs. 200,000 in any of the application options in the Net Issue The form used by the Bidders, to modify the quantity of Equity Shares or the Application Amount in any of their Application Forms or any previous Revision Form(s) QIB Bidders and Non-Institutional Bidders are not allowed to lower their Application Forms (in terms of quantity of Equity Shares or the Application Amount) at any stage. Retail Individual Bidders can revise their Application Forms during the Issue Period and withdraw their Application Forms until Issue Closing Date The Prospectus to be issued in accordance with Section 32 of the Companies Act and the provisions of SEBI ICDR Regulations, which will not have complete particulars of the price at which the Equity Shares will be offered and the size of the Offer, including any addenda or corrigenda thereto Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investment Funds) Regulations, 2012 Small and medium sized enterprises A bank registered with SEBI under SEBI (Bankers to an Issue) Regulations, 1994 and offer services in relation to ASBA a list of which is available on website of SEBI ( i=yes&intmid=35) The slip or document issued by the Designated Intermediary (only on demand), to the Bidder, as proof of registration of the Application Form [ ] The Agreement dated [ ] entered between the Underwriter and our Company, on or after the pricing date, but prior to filing the Prospectus with the RoC U.S Securities Act of 1933, as amended Page 8 of 335

10 Term Working Days Conventional, General and Industry Terms or Abbreviations Term A/c AGM AIF AS / Accounting Standards APAC ASBA AY BRC Bn. CAGR CARO CCPS CDSL CIN Companies Act Companies Act, 1956 Cr. CSR CSO CY DIN DIPP DP / Depository Participant DP ID EGM/ EOGMs EPS EBITDA EMEA EPFO ESIC FBP FC FCNR Account/ FCNR Description All days on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business; provided however, with reference to (a) announcement of Price Band; and (b) Bid/Offer Period, Working Day shall mean all days, excluding all Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays, on which commercial banks in Mumbai are open for business; (c) the time period between the Bid/Offer Closing Date and the listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchanges, Working Day shall mean all trading days of Stock Exchanges, excluding Sundays and bank holidays, as per the circulars issued by SEBI Description Account Annual General Meeting Alternative Investment Fund as defined under SEBI AIF Regulations Accounting Standards issued by ICAI as notified under the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 Asia-Pacific Applications Supported by Blocked Amount Assessment Year British Retail Consortium Billion Compounded Annual Growth Rate Companies (Auditor s Report) Order, 2016, as amended Compulsorily Convertible Preference Shares Central Depository Services (India) Limited Corporate Identity Number Companies Act, 2013 to the extent in force pursuant to the notification of sections of the Companies Act, along with the relevant rules made thereunder as may be amended from time to time Companies Act, 1956 (without reference to the provisions thereof that have ceased to have effect upon notification of the sections of the Companies Act) along with the relevant rules made thereunder Crore Corporate Social Responsibility Central Statistics Organization Calendar Year Director Identification Number Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India A depository participant as defined under the Depositories Act Depository Participant Identification Extraordinary General Meeting Earnings Per Share Earnings before Interest, Tax, Depreciation and Amortization Europe, Middle East, and Africa Employees Provident Fund Organization Employee State Insurance Corporation Foreign Bill Purchase Foreign Currency Foreign currency non-resident account Page 9 of 335

11 Term Description FDI Foreign Direct Investment FD Fixed Deposit FEMA Act/ FEMA Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999, read with rules and regulations thereunder FEMA Regulations Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2017 and amendments thereto FFS Form Filled Sealed FI Financial Institution FICCI Federation of Indian Chambers of Commerce & Industry Financial Year / Fiscal / FY Unless stated otherwise, the period of 12 (twelve) months ending March 31 of that particular year FIPB Foreign Investment Promotion Board, Department of Economic Affairs, Ministry FVCI Foreign venture capital investors as defined and registered under SEBI FVCI Regulations GDP Gross Domestic Product GIR General Index Register under IT Act GMP General Manufacturing Practice GoI or Government Government of India GST Goods and Services Tax GSTIN GST Identification Number HUF Hindu Undivided Family HNI High Net Worth Individual IBEF India Brand Equity Foundation ICAI The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India IEC Import Export Code IFRS International Financial Reporting Standards IIA India Industries Association IMF International Monetary Fund Rs. / Rupees / INR Indian Rupees Indian GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in India INCOTERMS International Commercial Terms IST Indian Standard Time IT Act The Income Tax Act, 1961 IT Rules Income Tax Rules, 1962 Kms Kilometers LC Letter of Credit LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate MCA Ministry of Corporate Affairs, Government of India MCLR Marginal cost of funds based lending rate M&E Media and Entertainment MICR Magnetic Ink Character Recognition MPVD Multi-Channel Video Programming Distributor MNCs Multi-National Companies Mn Million MGNREGA Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act MT Metric Tonnes Mutual Fund(s) Mutual Fund(s) means mutual funds registered under SEBI (Mutual Funds) Regulations, 1996 MoU Memorandum of Understanding Page 10 of 335

12 Term Description N.A. / NA Not Applicable NACH National Automated Clearing House NAV Net Asset Value NEFT National Electronic Fund Transfer NR Non-resident NRE Account Non-Resident External Account NRI A person resident outside India who is a citizen of India as defined under the Foreign Exchange Management (Deposit) Regulations, 2016 or is an Overseas Citizen of India cardholder within the meaning of section 7(A) of the Citizenship Act, 1955 NRO Account Non-Resident Ordinary Account NSDL National Securities Depository Limited OCB / Overseas Corporate Body A company, partnership, society or other corporate body owned directly or indirectly to the extent of at least 60% by NRIs including overseas trusts, in which not less than 60% of beneficial interest is irrevocably held by NRIs directly or indirectly and which was in existence on October 3, 2003 and immediately before such date had taken benefits under the general permission granted to OCBs under FEMA. OCBs are not allowed to invest in the Issue OTT Over the tap media services p.a. Per annum P/E Ratio Price/Earnings Ratio PAN Permanent Account Number PAT Profit After Tax PBT Profit Before Tax RBI Reserve Bank of India RONW Return on Net Worth RoCE Return on Capital Employed RTGS Real Time Gross Settlement SCRA Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, as amended SCRR Securities Contracts (Regulation) Rules, 1957, as amended SEZ Special Economic Zones SEBI The Securities and Exchange Board of India constituted under SEBI Act SEBI Act Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 SEBI AIF Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Alternative Investments Funds) Regulations, 2012 SEBI FII Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Institutional Investors) Regulations, 1995 SEBI FPI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2014 SEBI FVCI Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Foreign Venture Capital Investors) Regulations, 2000 SEBI ICDR Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018 SEBI Listing Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 SEBI VCF Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Venture Capital Funds) Regulations, 1996 as repealed pursuant to SEBI AIF Regulations SEBI Takeover Regulations Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 Page 11 of 335

13 Term Sq. metres STT TAN TIN TPA UK U.S. / USA / United States USD / US$ UV VAT VCFs WCDL WCTL WEO Wilful defaulter YoY Description Square Metres Securities Transaction Tax Tax Deduction Account Number Taxpayers Identification Number under provisions of applicable VAT Laws Tonnes Per Annum United Kingdom United States of America United States Dollars Ultraviolet Value Added Tax Venture capital funds as defined in and registered with SEBI under SEBI VCF Regulations or SEBI AIF Regulations, as the case may be Working Capital Demand Loan Working Capital Term Loan World Economic Outlook A wilful defaulter, as defined under Regulation 2(1)(III) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, means a person who or which is categorised as a wilful defaulter by any bank or financial institution (as defined under Companies Act, 2013) or consortium thereof, in accordance with the guideline on wilful defaulter issued by the RBI. Year on year Page 12 of 335

14 FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Draft Red Herring Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements generally can be identified by words or phrases such as aim, anticipate, believe, expect, estimate, intend, objective, plan, propose, project, will, will continue, will pursue or other words or phrases of similar import. Similarly, statements that describe our strategies, objectives, plans or goals are also forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, expectations and assumptions about us that could cause actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the relevant forward-looking statement. Actual results may differ materially from those suggested by forward-looking statements due to risks or uncertainties associated with expectations relating to, including, regulatory changes pertaining to the industries in India in which we operate and our ability to respond to them, our ability to successfully implement our strategy, our growth and expansion, technological changes, our exposure to market risks, general economic and political conditions in India which have an impact on its business activities or investments, the monetary and fiscal policies of India, inflation, deflation, unanticipated turbulence in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices or other rates or prices, the performance of the financial markets in India and globally, changes in domestic laws, regulations and taxes and changes in competition in the industries in which we operate. Certain important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the following: any disruption in production at, or shutdown of, our manufacturing facility; success of product development process and our ability to conceptualise new products; grant of product approvals from respective regulatory authorities renew and maintain statutory and regulatory permits; dependency on our key customers and key suppliers; competition from international and domestic companies; fluctuations in foreign exchange rates; changes in the legal, regulatory, economic and political environment in India; general economic and business conditions in India and other countries; For further discussion on factors that could cause actual results to differ from expectations, please refer to section titled Risk Factors, and chapters titled Business Overview and Management s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations beginning on pages 25, 124 and 218 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus respectively. By their nature, certain market risk disclosures are only estimates and could be materially different from what actually occurs in the future. As a result, actual gains or losses could materially differ from those that have been estimated. There can be no assurance to investors that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements will prove to be correct. Given these uncertainties, investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements and not to regard such statements to be a guarantee of our future performance. Forward-looking statements reflect current views as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and are not a guarantee of future performance. These statements are based on our management s beliefs and assumptions, which in turn are based on currently available information. Although, we believe the assumptions upon which these forward-looking statements are based are reasonable, any of these assumptions could prove to be inaccurate, and the forward-looking statements based on these assumptions could be incorrect. Neither our Company, our Directors, the Book Running Lead Manager nor any of their respective affiliates have any obligation to update or otherwise revise any statements reflecting circumstances arising after the date hereof or to Page 13 of 335

15 reflect the occurrence of underlying events, even if the underlying assumptions do not come to fruition. In accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company and the Book Running Lead Manager will ensure that the investors in India are informed of material developments until the time of the grant of listing and trading permission by the SME Platform of BSE Limited for this Issue. Page 14 of 335

16 Certain Conventions PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL, INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA All references to India contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to the Republic of India. Unless stated otherwise, all references to page numbers in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are to the page numbers of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Financial Data Unless stated otherwise, the financial data included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are extracted from the Financial Statements of our Company, prepared in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, Indian GAAP and restated in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations and Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectus, as amended issued by ICAI, as stated in the report of our Statutory and Peer Reviewed Auditor, as set out in the section titled Financial Statements beginning on page 182 this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Our Financial Statements are derived from our audited financial statements prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP, the Companies Act, and have been restated in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations and Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectus, as amended issued by ICAI. Our Fiscal commences on April 1 st of each year and ends on March 31 st of the next year. All references to a particular Fiscal are to the twelve (12) months period ended March 31 st of that year. In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any discrepancies in any table between the total and the sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding-off. There are significant differences between Indian GAAP, IFRS and US GAAP. The Company has not attempted to quantify their impact on the financial data included herein and urges you to consult your own advisors regarding such differences and their impact on the Company s financial data. Accordingly, to what extent, the financial statements included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will provide meaningful information is entirely dependent on the reader s level of familiarity with Indian accounting practices / Indian GAAP. Any reliance by persons not familiar with Indian Accounting Practices on the financial disclosures presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus should accordingly be limited. Any percentage amounts, as set forth in section titled Risk Factors, and chapters titled Our Business, Management s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus unless otherwise indicated, have been calculated on the basis of the Company s Financial Statements prepared in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, Indian GAAP and restated in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations and Guidance Note on Reports in Company Prospectus, as amended issued by ICAI as stated in the report of our Statutory and Peer Reviewed Auditor, set out in the section titled Financial Statements beginning on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Currency and Units of Presentation All references to: Rupees or INR or Rs. are to Indian Rupee, the official currency of the Republic of India; and USD or US$ are to United States Dollar, the official currency of the United States. Our Company has presented certain numerical information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in Lakhs units. One Lakh represents 1,00,000. In this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, any discrepancies in any table between the total and the sums of the amounts listed are due to rounding off. All figures derived from our Financial Statements in decimals have been rounded off to the second decimal and all percentage figures have been rounded off to two decimal place. Page 15 of 335

17 Industry and Market Data Unless stated otherwise, industry and market data and various forecasts used throughout this Draft Red Herring Prospectus have been obtained from publicly available information, industry sources and government publications. Industry sources as well as government publications generally state that the information contained in those publications has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but their accuracy and completeness and underlying assumptions are not guaranteed and their reliability cannot be assured. Accordingly, no investment decisions should be based on such information. We believe the industry and market data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is reliable, however, it has not been independently verified by our Company or the Book Running Lead Manager or any of their affiliates or advisors. The data used in these sources may have been re-classified by us for the purposes of presentation. Data from these sources may also not be comparable. The extent to which the market and industry data used in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is meaningful depends on the reader s familiarity with and understanding of the methodologies used in compiling such data. There are no standard data gathering methodologies in the industry in which business of our Company is conducted, and methodologies and assumptions may vary widely among different industry sources. In accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations, the chapter titled Basis for Issue Price beginning on page 87 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus includes information relating to our peer group companies. Such information has been derived from publicly available sources, and neither we, nor the Book Running Lead Manager have independently verified such information. Page 16 of 335

18 SUMMARY OF BUSINESS SUMMARY OF OFFER DOCUMENT Our Company since incorporation is into the business of manufacturing and trading of Light Emitting Diode LED Lights and LED lighting accessories. We are dependent on third party for manufacturing of LED bulbs. Our Company manufactures and trades indoor and outdoor LED luminaries such as, Street lights, Solar Powered Home LED lighting Systems and LED based Street Lights, Down lights, Garden lights, pavement / walk through indication lights, etc. The application of our products is in spaces like general lighting, architectural, residential, office, industrial, shop, hospitality, and outdoor. Our Product basket consist of solutions across the LED luminary spectrum i.e. LED emitter to LED driver & LED luminaries including Solar Powered Home LED lighting Systems and LED based Street Lights. Our Company is an ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015 and OHSAS 18001:2007 certified Company SUMMARY OF INDUSTRY India, being the second most populous country in the world and fifth major electricity consumer, has been experiencing an ever-widening demand-supply gap in electricity. Consequently, the market for energyefficient products such as LED lights is bound to grow. All the survey participants felt that the moderatelygrowing lighting industry will now move at a faster pace, as the government is encouraging the use of LED lights in a big way. Other drivers are the Smart Cities project, and the increasing demand for a smart, connected lifestyle and energy-efficiency measures. According to a report by TechSci (a global researchbased consulting firm), the LED lighting market in India is projected to register a CAGR of over 30 per cent during The Electric Lamp and Component Manufacturers Association of India (ELCOMA) shares that the LED market in India is expected to grow to 216 billion by This leap will result in the LED market accounting for about 60 per cent of India s total lighting industry (approximately 376 billion) in The key factors that are expected to boost the market include falling LED prices coupled with favorable government initiatives that provide LED lights at a subsidized cost and promote LED street lighting projects. PROMOTERS The Promoters of our Company are Pravin Agarwal and M/s Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited ISSUE SIZE The Issue size comprises of issuance of up to 70,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of 10 each fully paidup for cash at price of [ ] per Equity Share aggregating to [ ] Lakhs. The Issue has been authorized by the Board of Directors vide a resolution passed at its meeting held on December 31, 2018 and approved by the shareholders of our Company vide a special resolution at the EGM held on February 07, 2019 pursuant to section 62(1)(c) of the Companies Act. OBJECTS OF THE ISSUE Our Company intends to utilize the Net Proceeds for the following objects ( Objects of the Issue ): ( in Lakhs) Sr No Particulars Estimated Amount 1. Long Term working capital requirements [ ] 2. Purchase of Machinery/Equipment General corporate purposes** [ ] Total [ ] *to be finalized upon determination of issue price **the amount utilized for general corporate purpose shall not exceed 25% of the gross proceeds of the issue Page 17 of 335

19 PRE-ISSUE SHAREHOLDING OF PROMOTERS AND PROMOTER GROUP Sr. No. Name of the Shareholder No. of shares Pre Issue % of pre-issue capital Promoter 1. Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 43,06, % 2. Pravin Agarwal 17,08, % Total (A) 60,14, % Promoter Group 3. Sudhir Agarwal % 4. Jyotsna Agarwal 4,15, % 5. Alok Kumar Agarwal % 6. Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Pvt. Ltd 17,22, % 7. Garuda Aviation Services Pvt. Ltd 40,38, % Total (B) 61,76, % Grand Total (A+B) 1,21,91, % SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION Particulars Six Months ended September 30, 2018 ( in Lakhs) For the year ended Share Capital 1, Networth 2, , Revenue (total income) 5, , , , Profit after Tax Earnings per share Pre-Bonus Post Bonus Net Asset Value per Equity Share (in ) Pre Bonus Net Asset Value per Equity Share (in ) Post Bonus Total borrowings Long Term Borrowings , Short Term Borrowings Nil Nil QUALIFICATIONS OF AUDITORS The Restated Financial Statements do not contain any qualification requiring adjustments by the Statutory Auditors. SUMMARY OF OUTSTANDING LITIGATIONS & MATERIAL DEVELOPEMENTS A summary of pending legal proceedings and other material litigations involving our Company is provided below: Nature of Cases Number of Cases Total Amount Involved (In Rs.) (1) Proceedings against our Company Civil 1 Not ascertainable Criminal Nil Nil Page 18 of 335

20 Nature of Cases Number of Cases Total Amount Involved (In Rs.) (1) Tax 6 50,34, Proceedings by our Company Civil Nil Nil Criminal Nil Nil Tax Nil Nil Proceedings against our Promoters Civil Nil Nil Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax 11 93,44,631 Proceedings by our Promoters Civil 1 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax Nil NIL Proceedings against our Directors other than our Promoters Civil Nil Nil Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax 2 1,59,220 Proceedings by our Directors Civil 1 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax Nil Nil Proceedings against our Group Companies Civil 6 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Proceedings by our Group Companies Civil 27 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable For further details, please refer chapter titled Outstanding Litigations & Material Developments beginning on page 227 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. RISK FACTORS For details relating to risk factors, please refer section titled Risk Factors beginning on page 25 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. SUMMARY OF CONTIGENT LIABILITIES OF OUR COMPANY The Company does not have any contingent Liabilities as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Page 19 of 335

21 SUMMARY OF RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS i. Transactions during the year with related parties: Sr. No. Nature of Transactions September 30, 2018 Page 20 of 335 For the period ended March March 31, 31, ( in Lakhs) March 31, Sale of Goods (Net of Returns) Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control 3, Total 3, Purchase of Goods (Net of Returns) Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control 3, Total 3, Net Loans and Advances taken / (repaid) Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Other Sundry Expenses Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Professional Fees (Including Taxes) Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Managerial Remuneration Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Net Loans and Advances given / 7. (returned) Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total

22 Sr. No. 8. Nature of Transactions September 30, 2018 Page 21 of 335 For the period ended March March 31, 31, March 31, 2016 Issue of Equity Shares (Including Premium) Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Issue of Bonus Shares Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Advance for expenses Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Advance to supplier (net of adjusted 11. during the year) Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Advance from customer Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Security Deposit Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total ii. Sr. No. Closing balance with related parties: Nature of Transactions September 30, 2018 March 31, 2018 As at March 31, 2017 ( in Lakhs) March 31, Trade Receivables Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP

23 Sr. No. Nature of Transactions September 30, 2018 March 31, 2018 As at March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016 Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Advance to suppliers Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Trade and other payables Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Long-term borrowings Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Advance for expenses Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Long-term loans and advances Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Advance from customers Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Security Deposit Key Managerial Personnel Relatives of KMP Enterprise over which KMP are able to exercise influential control Total Page 22 of 335

24 FINANCING ARRANGEMENTS There have been no financing arrangements whereby our Promoters, members of the Promoter Group, our Directors and their relatives have financed the purchase by any other person of securities of our Company during a period of six (6) months immediately preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus WEIGHTED AVERAGE PRICE AT WHICH THE EQUITY SHARES WERE ACQUIRED BY EACH OF OUR PROMOTERS IN THE ONE YEAR PRECEDING THE DATE OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS The weighted average price at which the equity shares were acquired by each of our Promoters in the one year preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus Name No of Shares Weighted Average Cost of Acquired Acquisition per Equity Share (in )* Pravin Agarwal 1,138,750 Nil Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 28,71,000 Nil Since the number of Equity Shares acquired by each of our promoters in the last one (1) year preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is for consideration other than cash, the weighted average price of equity share is Nil AVERAGE COST OF ACQUISITON The average cost of acquisition per Equity Share to our Promoters as at the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is: Name Average Cost of Acquisition per Equity Share (in ) Pravin Agarwal 1.54 Yashvikaram Infrastructure Private Limited 1.88 DETAILS OF PRE-ISSUE PLACEMENT Our Company does not contemplate any issuance or placement of Equity Shares from the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus till the listing of the Equity Shares. ISSUE OF EQUITY SHARES FOR CONSIDERATION OTHER THAN CASH IN THE LAST ONE YEAR Except as set out below, our Company has not issued Equity Shares for consideration other than cash in last one year: Date of allot ment June 26, 2013 Janua ry 15, 2016 No. of Equity Shares allotted Face Value (In ) Issue Price (In ) Reason / Nature of allotment 10,00, N/A Conversion of Unsecured Loan 17,47, N/A Bonus Shares Benefit accrued to our Company Persons to whom allotment were made Nil Seashell Ventures Pvt Ltd Nil Shalini Agarwal, Sudhir Agarwal, Jyotsna Agarwal, Yashvikram Infrastructure Pvt Ltd, Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Pvt Ltd, Page 23 of 335

25 Date of allot ment June 26, 2018 No. of Equity Shares allotted Face Value (In ) Issue Price (In ) Reason / Nature of allotment 88,74, NA Bonus Shares Benefit accrued to our Company Persons to whom allotment were made Alok Agarwal, Pravin Agarwal, Priti Agarwal, Chandrahas Shetty, Vinod Rao, BhuddhaDev Kar, Pankaj Gupta Nil Shalini Agarwal, Sudhir Agarwal, Jyotsna Agarwal, Yashvikram Infrastructure Pvt Ltd, Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Private Limited, Alok Agarwal, Pravin Agarwal, Priti Agarwal, Chandrahas Shetty, Garuda Aviation Services Pvt Ltd, BhuddhaDev Kar, Ramniranjan Bhutra, Shivkumar Singh Page 24 of 335

26 SECTION II RISK FACTORS An investment in the Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider all of the information in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the risks and uncertainties described below and the Financial Statements incorporated in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, before making an investment in the Equity Shares of our Company. Any potential investor in, and subscribers of, the Equity Shares should also pay particular attention to the fact that we are governed in India by a legal and regulatory environment which in some material respects may be different from that which prevails in other countries. In making an investment decision, prospective investors must rely on their own examination of our Company and the terms of the Issue, including the risks involved. If any or some combination of the following risks occur or if any of the risks that are currently not known or deemed to be not relevant or material now, actually occur, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could suffer, the trading price of the Equity Shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. For further details, please refer to chapters titled Business Overview and Management s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations beginning on pages 124 and 218, respectively of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, as well as the other financial and statistical information contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. If our business, results of operations or financial condition suffers, the price of the Equity Shares and the value of your investments therein could decline. The Risk factors have been determined on the basis of their materiality. The following factors have been considered for determining the materiality therein: Some risks may not be material at present but may have a material impact in the near future. Some risks may not be material individually but may be found material when considered collectively Some risks may have material impact qualitatively and not quantitatively and vice-versa We have described the risks and uncertainties that our management believes are material, but these risks and uncertainties may not be the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties, including those we are not aware of, or deem immaterial or irrelevant, may also result in decreased revenues, increased expenses or other events that could result in a decline in the value of the Equity Shares and may also have an adverse effect on our business. Unless specified or quantified in the relevant risk factors below, we are not in a position to quantify the financial or other implication of any of the risks described in this section. You should not invest in this Issue unless you are prepared to accept the risk of losing all or part of your investment, and you should consult your tax, financial and legal advisors about the particular consequences to you of an investment in the Equity Shares. This Draft Red Herring Prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including the considerations described below and elsewhere in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For further details, please refer to chapter titled Forward-Looking Statements beginning on page 13 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated, all financial information included herein are based on our Financial Statements. Please refer to the section titled Financial Statements beginning on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The risk factors are classified as under for the sake of better clarity and increased understanding: Page 25 of 335

27 INTERNAL RISKS: Business Related Risks: 1. There are outstanding litigation involving our Company, the Promoters and the Group Companies, which, if determined adversely, may affect their business and operations and our reputation. Our Company, Promoters, Directors and Group Companies are involved in certain legal proceedings at different levels of adjudication before various courts, tribunals and appellate authorities. In the event of adverse rulings in these proceedings or consequent levy of penalties by other statutory authorities, our Company, Directors, Promoters or Group Companies may need to make payments or make provisions for future payments, which may increase expenses and current or contingent liabilities and also adversely affect our reputation. In the ordinary course of business, our Company and our Promotors are involved in certain legal proceedings, which are pending at varying levels of adjudication at different forum. The summary of outstanding matters set out below includes details of civil proceedings, criminal proceedings, tax proceedings, statutory and regulatory actions and other material pending litigation involving our Company, Promoters, Directors and our Group Company. According to the Materiality Policy, any outstanding litigation, other than criminal proceedings, statutory or regulatory actions and taxation matters, is considered material if the monetary amount of claim by or against the entity or person in any such pending matter is in excess of Rs Lakhs or if an adverse outcome of any such litigation could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, operations, financial position or reputation. Nature of Cases Number of Cases Total Amount Involved (In Rs.) (1) Proceedings against our Company Civil 1 Not ascertainable Criminal Nil Nil Tax 6 50,34, Proceedings by our Company Civil Nil Nil Criminal Nil Nil Tax Nil Nil Proceedings against our Promoters Civil Nil Nil Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax 11 93,44,631 Proceedings by our Promoters Page 26 of 335

28 Nature of Cases Number of Cases Total Amount Involved (In Rs.) (1) Civil 1 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax Nil NIL Proceedings against our Directors other than our Promoters Civil Nil Nil Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax 2 1,59,220 Proceedings by our Directors Civil 1 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Tax Nil Nil Proceedings against our Group Companies Civil 6 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable Proceedings by our Group Companies Civil 27 Not ascertainable Criminal 1 Not ascertainable (1) To the extent quantified. The amounts may be subject to additional interest/other charges, penalty being levied by the concerned authorities which are unascertainable as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Brief details of such outstanding litigation as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are set forth in chapter "Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments" on page 227 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. We cannot assure you that any of the legal proceedings described above will be decided in favor of the Company, the Promoters, Directors and the Group Companies, respectively. Further, the amounts claimed in these proceedings have been disclosed to the extent ascertainable, excluding contingent liabilities and include amounts claimed jointly and severally. Should any new developments arise, such as a change in Indian law or rulings by appellate courts or tribunals, additional provisions may need to be made by us, the Promoters, the Directors and the Group Companies in our respective financial statements, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and reputation. We may incur significant expenses and management time in such legal proceeding. Decisions in any of the aforesaid proceedings adverse to our interests may have an adverse effect on our business, future financial performance and results of operations. Further, our Company is not in possession of affirmed documents pertaining to litigation matters described in the chapter titled "Outstanding Litigation and Material Developments" beginning on page 227 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Accordingly, reliance has been placed on court orders, documents and undertakings furnished by the Company to describe the facts of litigation in the aforesaid chapter. Also, information with respect to the tax claims with respect to Krishna Kumar Bangera, Shivkumar Chhangur Singh, Richa Sharma, the Directors of the Company are not available and therefore, we cannot assure you that all information pertaining to the above is accurate. 2. Our business requires us to obtain and renew certain licenses and permits from government, regulatory authorities and the failure to obtain or renew them in a timely manner may adversely affect our business operations. Our business requires us to obtain and renew from time to time, certain approvals, licenses, registrations and permits. Our Company has made an application for obtaining the factory license under the Factories Act, 1948 in 2013 and has paid necessary license fees, however we are awaiting the approval for the same. Also, pursuant to our conversion from a Private Limited Company to a Public Limited Company in the year 2015 and change of our registered address of our Company from address from 142, Garuda House, Upper Page 27 of 335

29 Govind Nagar, Hanuman Temple Malad East Mumbai to Artemis Complex, Gala No. 105 and 108, National Express Highway Vasai East, Thane in the year 2018, we have not made necessary applications for certain Licenses and need to take necessary steps for transferring certain approvals and licenses of our Company to the new name and address. Further our Company has not received necessary license under the Legal Metrology Act. We may be penalized for the non- compliance with the aforementioned law for which we have not obtained the requisite licenses. In case of delay or failure by us to renew, maintain or obtain the required permits or approvals at the requisite time may result in the interruption of our operations and may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, we cannot assure that the approvals, licenses, registrations and permits issued to us would not be suspended or revoked in the event of noncompliance or alleged non-compliance with any terms or conditions thereof, or pursuant to any regulatory action. Any failure to renew the approvals that have expired or apply for and obtain the required approvals, licenses, registrations or permits, or any suspension or revocation of any of the approvals, licenses, registrations and permits that have been or may be issued to us, may impede our operations. We have applied for certain regulatory approvals that have not been received as of the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. For further details, please refer to the section titled "Government and Other Approvals" on page 235 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 3. Our business is dependent on a continuing relationship with our clients / customers. We are engaged in the business of manufacturing and trading of Light Emitting Diode LED Lights and LED lighting accessories. We also manufacture and trade indoor and outdoor LED luminaries such as, Street lights, Solar Powered Home LED lighting Systems and LED based Street Lights, Down lights, Garden lights, pavement / walk through indication lights, etc. The application of our products is in spaces like general lighting, architectural, residential, office, industrial, shop, hospitality, and outdoor. Our Product basket consist of solutions across the LED luminary spectrum i.e. LED emitter to LED driver & LED luminaries including Solar Powered Home LED lighting Systems and LED based Street Lights. Our business is significantly dependent on our ability to successfully identify customer requirements and preferences and gain customer acceptance for our products. If we are unable to successfully identify customer requirements and preferences and gain customer acceptance for our products, our business may be affected. Our future success depends on our ability to ensure continued demand for our products in existing and proposed markets, which requires us to develop and maintain relationships with various customers and continuously anticipate and respond in a timely manner to customer requirements and preferences. Our business will be adversely affected if we are unable to successfully anticipate customer requirements, or are unable to modify our current portfolio of products or develop new products, in a timely manner, we may lose customers or become subject to greater pricing pressures. The loss of clients / customers may have a material adverse effect on our operations. Further, though we are committed to product innovation to respond to changing technology in the electric equipment industry, there can be no assurance that we would be successful in developing new products that respond to such changes or changes in customer requirements and preferences or that our products would gain acceptance in our existing or new markets. A decline in demand for our products, or an error in our forecasts for future demand, among other things, could lower our sales, increase inventory levels and may require us to sell our products at substantially marked down prices. Moreover, failure to correctly anticipate trends and adapt to the changing technological environment may result in obsolescence of and reduced demand for our products. 4. Any non-availability of skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled manpower could result in disruptions to our manufacturing operations. Our manufacturing operations are significantly dependent on access to a large pool of skilled, semi- skilled and un-skilled manpower. Our dependence on such skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled manpower may result in significant risks for our operations, relating to the availability of such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled manpower. There can be no assurance that we will have adequate access to skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled manpower at reasonable rates or at all. As a result, we may be required to incur additional Page 28 of 335

30 costs to ensure smooth running of our operations. We also depend on third party contractors for providing manpower for various services associated with our business. We cannot assure you that manpower, whether hired through contractors or directly, will continue to be available at reasonable wages in the areas where our manufacturing facilities are located. 5. The Company is yet to place orders for 100% of the plant and machinery for our proposed object, as specified in the objects of the Issue. Any delay in placing orders, procurement of plant and machinery may delay our implementation schedule and may also lead to increase in price of these plant and machinery, further affecting our revenue and profitability. Although we have identified the type of plant and machinery required to be brought for our proposed manufacturing facility, we are yet to place orders for 100% of the plant and machinery worth Rs lakhs as detailed in the chapter titled Objects of the Issue on page 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. These are based on our estimates and on third party quotations, which are subject to a number of variables, including possible cost overruns, changes in management s view of the desirability of current plans, change in supplier, which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. Further, we cannot assure that we would be able to procure these plant and machinery, or procure the same within budgeted costs and timelines. Delays in acquisition of the same could result in the cost and time overrun in the implementation of our proposed project, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 6. In the twelve months prior to the date of filing the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Company had issued Equity Shares at a price, which may be lower than the Issue Price. In the twelve months prior to the date of filing of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Company had allotted 88,74,030 Equity Shares as bonus shares to its existing shareholders. For more details on the issuance of Bonus shares, please see "Capital Structure" on page 66 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus 7. Our Company has not complied with certain statutory provisions under various acts. Such noncompliance / lapses may attract penalties. Our Company is required to make filings under various rules and regulations as applicable under the Companies Act, 2013 and under the applicable provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 and various other laws, some of which have not been done within the stipulated time period as mentioned in the statutory act(s). Such delay / noncompliance may in the future render us liable to statutory penalties and disallowing the resolutions, which may have consequence of violation of statutory provisions concerned. While this could be attributed to technical lapses and human errors, our Company is in the process of setting up a system to ensure that requisite filings are done appropriately with the requisite timeline. 8. Continued operations at our manufacturing facilities are critical to our business and any disruption in our manufacturing facilities would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our manufacturing facilities are subject to operating risks, such as the breakdown or failure of equipment, power supply or processes, performance below expected levels of efficiency, obsolescence of equipment or machinery, labor disputes, natural disasters, industrial accidents and the need to comply with the directives of relevant government and regulatory authorities. Our customers rely significantly on the timely delivery of our products and our ability to provide an uninterrupted supply of our products is critical to our business. While we seek to increase the capacity utilization levels, there can be no assurance that demand for our products will grow at expected rates or that we will be successful in capturing this increase in demand. Further, we cannot assure you that the capacity utilization will not further decrease from current utilization levels, which may further increase the cost of production in the future, as maintenance costs increase for our plant and machinery. If we are unable to pass on this additional cost to our customers, our gross margins could decline and our revenue, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected. Our business and financial results may be adversely affected by any disruption of operations of our product lines, including as a result of any of the factors mentioned above. Although we take precautions to minimize the risk of any significant operational problems at our facilities, Page 29 of 335

31 our business, financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by any disruption of operations at our facilities, including due to any of the factors mentioned above. 9. Majority of our revenues are dependent on few customers and the loss of, or a significant reduction in purchases by such customers could adversely affect our financial performance. The top ten customers accounted for approximately 95.87% of our net sales during Financial Year Although, we have long - standing relationships with our customers, any reason including decrease in demand, recall or discontinuance of a specific product; could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, as a consequence of our reliance on these customers, any adverse change in their financial condition may also have an adverse effect on our cash flows and business prospects. Such concentration of our business on few customers may adversely affect us in case we lose one or more contracts with these customers. Significant revenue from few customers increases the potential volatility of our results and exposes us to risks which may have an adverse effect on financial performance of our business. 10. The success of our manufacturing process is dependent upon few suppliers for our raw material supplies for our business operations. In an eventuality where our suppliers are unable to deliver us the required materials in a time bound manner it may have a material adverse effect on our business operations and profitability. For the period ended March 31, 2018 our top 10 suppliers contributed more than 40% of our purchases. In the event of a delay, inadequacy or default in deliveries by any of our suppliers, we may not be able to source our raw material on an adequate and timely basis or on commercially acceptable terms which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition to the extent we are unable to line up supplies from alternate suppliers. We are dependent on third-party vendors for supply of raw materials in the manufacturing process of LED and LED lighting accessories. We do not have long-term contracts with any of our third-party vendors for supply of raw materials. We are dependent on the timely and adequate availability of raw materials. Any adverse factors including natural disasters, changes in legislation or any other force majeure events may adversely impact availability of raw materials which may adversely affect our ability to meet commitments and consequently our sales and profitability. It is also critical for us that our suppliers adhere to the quality standards and product specifications that have been furnished to them by us, and failure by them to adhere to the same would adversely affect the quality and/or timely delivery of our products. In the event we become subject to product liability or performance guarantees caused by defective raw materials obtained from an outside supplier, it may adversely affect our reputation as a supplier, financial condition and results of operations. 11. Raw material costs for our products constitutes substantial amount of our total expenses, hence exposing us to risks associated with volatility or fluctuations in prices of raw materials. The cost of raw materials consumed constitutes a large portion of our total expenses. The increase in the price of the key raw materials or commodities could result in increased manufacturing costs. Historically, we have passed the increased raw material costs to our customers in the form of price increases in our products; however, our inability to pass on the increased costs of raw materials to our customers may adversely affect our margins. 12. Our reliance on third parties for transportation and delivery of our finished products exposes us to certain risks. We rely on third parties for the performance of certain functions and services, including delivery of our finished products and facility management functions. Our ability to identify and build relationships with reliable transportation agents and vendors contributes to our growth and successful management of our inventory as well as other aspects of our operations. 13. Certain agreements may be inadequately stamped or may not have been registered as a result of which our operations may be impaired. Page 30 of 335

32 Some of the agreements entered into by us may not be adequately stamped and registered. The effect of inadequate stamping is that the document is not admissible as evidence in legal proceedings and parties to that agreement may not be able to legally enforce the same, except after paying a penalty for inadequate stamping. The effect of non-registration, in certain cases, is to make the document inadmissible in legal proceedings. Any potential dispute vis-à-vis the said premises and our noncompliance of local laws relating to stamp duty and registration may adversely impact the continuance of our activity from such premises. 14. Our success also depends to an extent on our research and development capabilities and failure to derive the desired benefits from our products research and development efforts may hurt our competitiveness and profitability. Our success is dependent on our ability to develop new products and continue to work on and improve production capabilities. We make investments in product research and development, in particular, to improve the quality of our products and expand our new product offerings, which we believe are factors crucial for our future growth and prospects. We cannot assure you that our future product research and development initiatives will be successful or be completed within the anticipated time frame or budget, or that our newly developed or improvised products will achieve wide market acceptance from our customers. Even if such products can be commercially successful, there is no guarantee that they will be accepted by our customers and achieve anticipated sales target or in a profitable manner. In addition, we cannot assure you that our existing or potential competitors will not develop products which are similar or superior to our products. It is often difficult to project the time frame for developing new products and the duration of market window for these products, there is a substantial risk that we may have to abandon a potential product that is no longer commercially viable, even after we have invested significant resources in the development of such product. If we continue to fail in our product launching efforts, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. 15. Our Company does not have any similar and comparable listed peer which is involved in the same line of business for a direct comparison of performance and therefore, investors must rely on their own examination of accounting ratios of our Company for the purposes of investment in the Issue As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, we believe that none of the listed companies in India have a business profile and revenue streams along with their size, directly comparable to our Company. However, there are listed companies in India with one or more business segments that maybe common to our business. Since the listed companies may not be directly comparable to our Company, the accounting ratios of the same may not be a representative yardstick for our Company. Therefore, investors must rely on their own examination of our Company for subscribing to the Issue. 16. The premises of our factory and our registered office and certain other locations used by us as warehouses are situated on leased premises. Our factory and registered office situated at Gala No. 103, 104, 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane , Maharashtra, India is on lease for a period of five years started from January 14, 2016 to November 30, The premises are taken on lease from P K Hospitality Services Pvt. Ltd. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to occupy the said premises in the future on commercially acceptable terms. If any of these lease or license agreements is terminated for any reason or not renewed on commercially acceptable terms or at all, we may suffer a disruption in our operations or increased costs, or both, which may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Page 31 of 335

33 17. We are subject to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations which could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operations and financial conditions. We export our Products from India and payment for these sales is received in foreign currency. Changes in value of currencies with respect to the Rupee may cause fluctuations in our operating results expressed in Rupees. The exchange rate between the Rupee and other currencies is variable and may continue to fluctuate in future. Any adverse or unforeseen fluctuations with respect to the unhedged exchange rate of any foreign currency for Indian Rupees may affect our Company s results of operations. 18. Our Promoters have interests in our Company other than reimbursement of expenses incurred and normal remuneration or benefits and we have entered and may continue to enter into related party transactions with such Promoters. Certain of our Promoters may be regarded as having an interest in our Company other than reimbursement of expenses incurred and normal remuneration or benefits. Certain Directors and Promoters may be deemed to be interested to the extent of Equity Shares held by them and by members of our Promoter Group, as well as to the extent of any dividends, bonuses or other distributions on such Equity Shares. While, in our view, all such transactions that we have entered into are legitimate business transactions conducted on an arms length basis, we cannot assure you that we could not have achieved more favorable terms had such arrangements not been entered into with related parties or that we will be able to maintain existing terms, in cases where the terms are more favorable than if the transaction had been conducted on an arms-length basis. There can be no assurance that such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have an adverse effect on our business, prospects, result of operations, financial condition and cash flows, including because of potential conflicts of interest or otherwise. For more information on our related party transactions, see "Financial Statements - Related Party Transactions on page 182 Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Additionally, we had in the normal course of our business entered into, and will continue to enter into, transactions with related parties. Certain of the key related party transactions entered into by us include properties taken on lease from our Promoters and sale and supply agreements entered into with our Promoters. While we believe that all of our related party transactions have been executed at an arm s length basis and are in compliance with applicable law, we cannot assure you that we could not have achieved more favorable terms had such transactions been entered into with unrelated parties. Further, the transactions we have entered into and any future transactions with our related parties have involved or could potentially involve conflicts of interest which may be detrimental to the interests of our Company. For more details, see Financials Statements - Related Party Transactions" on page 182. We cannot assure you that such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, including because of potential conflicts of interest or otherwise. Further, the Companies Act, 2013 has brought into effect certain significant changes providing for stringent compliance requirements for related party transactions. Further, SEBI has recently notified the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 ("SEBI Listing Regulations") and issued the revised listing agreement, which are effective from December 1, Pursuant to the SEBI Listing Regulations and the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013, our Company is, inter alia, required to obtain prior approval of all our uninterested shareholders through an ordinary resolution for all future material related party transactions where any person or entity that is related to our Company will be required to abstain from voting on such resolution. We may face difficulties in entering into related party transactions in future due to these new requirements which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and cash flows. For further details on the agreements entered into with our Promoters, Directors and Group Companies, see "History and Certain Corporate Matters", "Our Management" and Promoters and Promoter Group on pages 156, 160 and 175 respectively of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Page 32 of 335

34 19. Our continued success is dependent on our senior management and skilled manpower. Our inability to attract and retain key personnel or the loss of services of our Promoters or Directors may have an adverse effect on our business prospects. Our experienced Directors and senior management have significantly contributed to the growth of our business, and our future success is dependent on the continued services of our senior management team. Our Whole Time Director has been employed with our Company since our incorporation under various capacities. An inability to retain any key managerial personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations. Our ability to execute orders and to obtain new clients also depends on our ability to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled professionals, particularly at managerial levels. We might face challenges in recruiting suitably skilled personnel, particularly as we continue to grow and diversify our operations. In the future, we may also not be unable to compete with other larger companies for suitably skilled personnel due to their ability to offer more competitive compensation and benefits. The loss of any of the members of our senior management team, our Directors or other key personnel or an inability on our part to manage the attrition levels; may materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and growth prospects. 20. Activities involving our manufacturing process can be dangerous and can cause injury to people or property in certain circumstances. A significant disruption at any of our manufacturing facilities may adversely affect our production schedules, costs, sales and ability to meet customer demand. Our business involves manufacturing processes that may be potentially dangerous to our employees. Although we employ safety procedures in the operation of our manufacturing facilities and maintain what we believe to be adequate insurance, there is a risk that an accident may occur at any of our manufacturing facilities. An accident may result in personal injury to our employees, destruction of property or equipment, environmental damage, manufacturing or delivery delays, or may lead to suspension of our operations and/or imposition of liabilities. Any such accident may result in litigation, the outcome of which is difficult to assess or quantify, and the cost to defend such litigation can be significant. As a result, the costs to defend any action or the potential liability resulting from any such accident or death or arising out of any other litigation, and any negative publicity associated therewith, may have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. In particular, if operations at our manufacturing facilities were to be disrupted as a result of any significant workplace accident, equipment failure, natural disaster, power outage, fire, explosion, terrorism, adverse weather conditions, labor dispute, obsolescence or other reasons, our financial performance may be adversely affected as a result of our inability to meet customer demand or committed delivery schedules for our products. Interruptions in production may also increase our costs and reduce our sales, and may require us to make substantial capital expenditures to remedy the situation or to defend litigation that we may become involved in as a result, which may negatively affect our profitability, business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. 21. Any infringement of third-party intellectual property rights or failure to protect our intellectual property rights may adversely affect our business. Our Company undertakes regular updation and modification of our offerings to keep abreast with prevalent technology. Given the nature of our products, we cannot assure you that our products do not or will not inadvertently infringe valid third-party intellectual property rights, which may expose us to expensive legal proceedings. Our competitors and other companies or innovators may try to assert patent and other intellectual property rights against us. 22. Our insurance coverage may not adequately protect us against all material hazards. Our Company has covered itself against certain risks. The main insurance policies obtained by us consist of fire and special perils insurance with add on cover for earthquakes and in certain cases, for our manufacturing facilities, machinery and other equipment and products that we manufacture. Our significant insurance policies as specified in chapter titled Business Overview on page 124 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. While we believe that the insurance coverage that we maintain is in accordance Page 33 of 335

35 with industry custom, there can be no assurance that any claim under the insurance policies maintained by us will be honored fully, in part or on time, or that we have taken out sufficient insurance to cover all material losses. To the extent that we suffer loss or damage for which we did not obtain or maintain insurance, that is not covered by insurance or exceeds our insurance coverage, the loss would have to be borne by us and our cash flows, results of operations and financial performance could be adversely affected. 23. We may be subjected to risks associated with product warranty. Our products are subject to different periods of warranties such as two years, five years and ten years from the date of sale of the products against manufacturing defects. In the event of claimed defects or non-performance of our products, our practice is to accept such genuine claims and to replace such products. In the future, we might also face material number of warranties claims due to defects in our products. Defects, if any, in our products could adversely affect our reputation and demand for our products. In the event that defects, or warranty claims become more frequent, there may be an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. 24. Our Promoters, together with our Promoter Group, will continue to retain majority shareholding in our Company after the Issue, which will allow them to exercise significant control over us. We cannot assure you that our Promoters and Promoter Group will always act in the best interests of the Company or you. The majority of our issued and outstanding equity shares are currently beneficially owned by our Promoters and the members of our Promoter Group. Upon completion of the Issue, our Promoters and members of our Promoter Group will own [ ] equity shares, or [ ] % of our post-issue Equity Share capital, assuming full subscription of the Issue. Accordingly, our Promoters and members of our Promoter Group will continue to exercise significant influence over our business policies and affairs and all matters requiring shareholders approval, including the composition of the Board of Directors, the adoption of amendments to our constitutional documents, the approval of mergers, strategic acquisitions or joint ventures or the sales of substantially all of our assets, and the policies for dividends, lending, investments and capital expenditures. This concentration of ownership also may delay, defer or even prevent a change in control of our Company and may result in certain transactions becoming more difficult or impossible to undertake without the support of these shareholders. The interests of our Promoters and Promoter Group as the Company s controlling shareholders could conflict with the Company s interests or the interests of its other shareholders. We cannot assure you that our Promoters and the members of our Promoter Group will act to resolve any conflicts of interest in our Company s or your favour. 25. We may, from time to time, look for opportunities to enter strategic alliances, acquire businesses or enter into joint venture arrangements. Any failure to manage the integration of the businesses or facilities post such acquisition or joint venture may cause our profitability to suffer. We may, from time to time, look for opportunities to acquire businesses or enter into strategic partnerships or alliances. Such acquisitions may not contribute to our profitability, and we may be required to incur or assume debt, or additional expenses beyond our forecasts or assume contingent liabilities, as part of any acquisition. Further, the acquisitions may give rise to unforeseen contingent risks relating to these businesses that may only become apparent after the merger or the acquisition is finalized. We may also face difficulty in assimilating and retaining the personnel, operations and assets of the acquired company. Further, we may not be able to accurately identify or forge an alliance with appropriate companies in line with our growth strategy. In the event that the alliance does not perform as estimated, or the inability on the part of our joint venture partner to meet the customer requirements may lead to a failure of such an arrangement which may adversely affect our business. 26. We have indebtedness which exposes us to various risks which may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. As of September 30, 2018, we have outstanding debt of lakhs (excluding non-fund-based borrowing). Such level of indebtedness has important consequences to us, such as: Page 34 of 335

36 Increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic, industry and competitive conditions; Limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry; Affecting our credit rating; Limiting our ability to borrow more money both now and in the future; and Increasing our interest expenditure and adversely affecting our profitability, since almost all of our debt bears interest at floating rates. If any of these risks were to materialize, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. For further information, see section titled Financial Indebtedness on page 225 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 27. Our lenders have imposed certain restrictive conditions on us under our financing arrangements. We have entered into agreements for availing debt facilities from lenders. Certain covenants in these agreements require us to obtain approval / permission from our lenders in certain conditions. In the event of default or the breach of certain covenants, our lender has the option to make the entire outstanding amount payable immediately. Further certain agreements also impose financial and other restrictive covenants such as maintenance of financial ratios, submission of results, etc. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with these financial or other covenants or that we will be able to obtain consents necessary to take the actions that we believe are required to operate and grow our business. Our level of existing debt and any new debt that we incur in the future has important consequences. Any failure to comply with these requirements or other conditions or covenants under our financing agreements that is not waived by our lenders or is not otherwise cured by us, may require us to repay the borrowing in whole or part and may include other related costs. Our Company may be forced to sell some or all of its assets or limit our operations. This may adversely affect our ability to conduct our business and impair our future growth plans. Though these covenants are restrictive to some extent for us, however it ensures financial discipline, which would help us in the long run to improve our financial performance. For further details in this regard, please refer chapter titled Financial Indebtedness beginning on page 225 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 28. We have taken advance from customers, outstanding of which is at Rs lakhs as on September 30, In case of abrupt cancellation of orders and untimely demand of advance, we will have to arrange these funds which may carry higher cost of funding, which may have an impact on our financial operations. We have taken advance from customers, outstanding of which is at Rs lakhs lakhs as on September 30, In case of abrupt cancellation of orders and untimely demand of advance, we will have to arrange these funds which may carry higher cost of funding and it may affect the financial operations of our Company to that extent. 29. There is no monitoring agency appointed by our Company and the deployment of funds are at the discretion of our Management and our Board of Directors, though it shall be monitored by the Audit Committee. Since the Issue size is less than Rs. 10,000 lakhs, there is no mandatory requirement of appointing an Independent Monitoring Agency for overseeing the deployment of utilization of funds raised through this Issue. The deployment of these funds raised through this Issue, is hence, at the discretion of the management and the Board of Directors of our Company and will not be subject to monitoring by any independent agency. Any inability on our part to effectively utilize the Issue proceeds could adversely affect our financials. However, Audit Committee will monitor the utilization of the proceeds of this Issue and prepare the statement for utilization of the proceeds of this Issue. However, in accordance with Section 27 of the Companies Act, 2013, a company shall not vary the objects of the Issue without our Company being authorized to do so by our shareholders by way of special resolution and other compliances in this regard. Our Promoters and controlling shareholders shall provide exit opportunity to such shareholders who do not agree to the proposal to vary the objects, at such price, and in such manner, as may be prescribed by Page 35 of 335

37 SEBI, in this regard. 30. One of our Directors "Richa Sharma" has not made the required tax filings with the Income Tax Department. One of our Directors Richa Sharma has not made necessary annual tax filing as required under the Income Tax Act, Any penalty or proceeding against her may require her to direct her attention to such proceeding and may therefore adversely affect the Company. 31. Our Company requires significant amounts of working capital for a continued growth. Our inability to meet our working capital requirements may have an adverse effect on our results of operations. Our business is working capital intensive and involves significant amount in trade receivables and inventories. Summary of our working capital position, based on the restated financials as at March 31, 2018 is given below: - (Rs. in Lakhs) Particulars For the Period ended March 31, 2018 A. Current Assets Inventories 1, Trade Receivables 2, Cash and Bank Balances 2.55 Short term loans & advances Sub-total (A) 4, B. Current Liabilities Trade Payables 2, Other Liabilities 1, Short Term Provisions Sub-total (B) 3, Working Capital (A-B) 1, Inventories as % of total current assets 39.87% Trade receivables as % of total current assets 51.92% Our Company intends to continue growing by expanding our geographical reach and obtaining sales orders. All these factors may result in increase in the quantum of current assets. Our inability to maintain sufficient cash flow, credit facility and other sources of funds, in a timely manner, or at all, to meet the requirement of working capital or pay out debts, could adversely affect our financial condition and result of our operations. For further details regarding working capital requirement, please refer to the chapter titled Objects of the Issue beginning on page 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 32. We face stiff competition in our business which may adversely affect our business operations and financial condition. Moreover, we have a limited product portfolio when compared to industry peers in the organized sector which may affect our ability to compete effectively. The market for our products is highly competitive. Players in this industry generally compete with each other on key attributes such as the quality of products, quality of after sales services and pricing. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, technical and other resources and greater market share and goodwill which may enable them to compete effectively. Growing competition may result in a decline in our market share and may affect our margins which may adversely affect our business operations and our financial condition. While we believe we are able to compete effectively with our product portfolio, our competitors wider product range offers them the opportunity to cater to wider customer base and develop a greater brand recall. We aim to diversify our product portfolio in due course of time but are unable to assure you whether the same shall be as successful as our existing products. In the event we are unable to compete effectively with our existing product range and are unable to successfully develop and market the new Page 36 of 335

38 product range within a definite timeline or at all, our business and results of operations shall be adversely affected. 33. Any inability on our part to maintain quality standards could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition. Quality control is a vital element for our sector. Our business is dependent on the trust our customers have in the quality of our products. The projects we execute or the products we manufacture must meet our customers quality standards. We are ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015 and ISO 18001:2007 certified as a manufacturer and supplier of LED Lighting Solutions. Although we have put in place quality control procedures, we cannot assure that our products will always be able to satisfy our customers quality standards. Any negative publicity regarding our Company, or products, including those arising from a drop in quality of our products from our vendors, or any other unforeseen events could adversely affect our reputation, our operations and our results from operations. 34. Any inability on our part to keep pace with the technological developments could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial conditions. Any rapid change in our customers expectation on account of changes in technology or introduction of new products or for any other reason and failure on our part to meet their expectation could adversely affect our business, result of operations and financial condition. We believe that we have always strived to cater to the growing demand of our customers by fulfilling their technical requirements. Our failure to anticipate or to respond adequately to changing technical, market demands and/ or client requirements could adversely affect our business and financial results. 35. Our industry is labor intensive and our operations may be materially adversely affected by strikes, work stoppages or increased wage demands by our employees or those of our suppliers. Though we have not experienced any major disruptions in our business operations due to disputes or other problems with our work force in the past; however, there can be no assurance that we will not experience such disruptions in the future. Further, we also employ contract or casual labor at our factory. Any disruptions with the laborer s may adversely affect our business and results of operations and may also divert the management s attention and result in increased costs. India has stringent labor legislation that protects the interests of workers, including legislation that sets forth detailed procedures for the establishment of unions, dispute resolution and employee removal and legislation that imposes certain financial obligations on employers upon retrenchment. We are also subject to laws and regulations governing relationships with employees, in such areas as minimum wage and maximum working hours, overtime, working conditions, hiring and terminating of employees and work permits. Although our employees are not currently unionized, there can be no assurance that they will not unionize in the future. If our employees unionize, it may become difficult for us to maintain flexible labor policies, and we may face the threat of labor unrest, work stoppages and diversion of our management s attention due to union intervention, which may have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. 36. The loss of or shutdown of operations at facility may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our manufacturing facility is susceptible to damage or interruption or operating risks, such as human error, power loss, breakdown or failure of equipment, power supply, performance below expected levels of output or efficiency, obsolescence, loss of services of our external contractors, terrorist attacks, acts of war, break-ins, earthquakes, other natural disasters and industrial accidents and similar events. Further, our manufacturing facility is also subject to operating risk arising from compliance with the directives of relevant government authorities. Operating risks may result in personal injury and property damage and in the imposition of civil and criminal penalties. If our Company experiences delays in production or shutdowns at any or all of these facilities due to any reason, including disruptions caused by disputes with its workforce or any external factors, our Company s operations may be affected, which in turn would have Page 37 of 335

39 a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations. 37. We have certain contingent liabilities that have not been provided for in our Company s financials which if materializes, could adversely affect our financial condition. Based on our Restated financial statements as at March 31, 2018, we do not have any contingent liabilities. However, in the event if any such contingency arises and materializes during the subsequent periods, our financial condition could be adversely affected. For further details, see the section entitled Financial Statements on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 38. Our revenues and profits are dependent on several factors. Any adverse change in these factors or in combination of these factors may affect our business operations and the financial condition and consequently, our ability to pay dividends. Our revenues and profits are dependent on several factors such as expansion in new areas, retaining key managerial personnel, complying with various regulatory requirements, receipt of subsidies from Government, managing costs and expenses, general market conditions, etc. Any adverse change in these factors or a combination of these factors may adversely affect our business operations and financial condition. 39. Fraud, theft, employee negligence or similar incidents may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. We maintain large amounts of inventory at our premises at all times. Although we have set up security measures, our operations may be subject to incidents of theft or damage to inventory. There can be no assurance that we will not experience any fraud, theft, employee negligence, security lapse, loss in transit or similar incidents in the future which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, in case of losses due to theft, fire, breakage or damage caused by other casualties, there can be no assurance that we will be able to recover from our insurer the full amount of any such loss in a timely manner, or at all. If we incur a significant inventory loss due to third-party or employee theft and if such loss exceeds the limits of, or is subject to an exclusion from, coverage under our insurance policies, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, if we file claims under an insurance policy it could lead to increases in the insurance premiums payable by us or the termination of coverage under the relevant policy. 40. If we are unable to source business opportunities effectively, we may not achieve our financial objectives. Our ability to achieve our financial objectives will depend on our ability to identify, evaluate and accomplish business opportunities. To grow our business, we will need to obtain sales orders, hire, train, supervise and manage new employees, expand our marketing channels and to implement systems capable of effectively accommodating our growth. However, we cannot assure that any such employees or marketing channels will contribute to the success of our business or that we will implement such systems effectively. Our failure to source business opportunities effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. It is also possible that the strategies used by us in the future may be different from those presently in use. No assurance can be given that our analyses of market and other data or the strategies we use or plans in future to use will be successful under various market conditions. 41. We may not be able to sustain if there is no effective implementation of our business and growth strategy. Success of our business will depend greatly on our ability to effectively implement our business and growth strategy. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to execute our strategy on time and within the estimated budget, or that we will meet the expectations of targeted customers. Changes in regulations applicable to the industry in which we operate may also make it difficult to implement our business strategy. Inability on our part to manage our business and effectively implement growth strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and profitability. Page 38 of 335

40 42. Our Shareholders and members of the promoter group have given personal guarantees in relation to certain debt facilities provided to our Company by our lender. In event of default on the debt obligations, the personal guarantees may be invoked thereby adversely affecting our management s ability to manage the affairs of our Company and consequently this may impact our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Some of the debt facilities provided to our Company by our lenders stipulate that the facility shall be secured by a personal guarantee of our promoters or members of our promoter group. In event of default on the debt obligations, the personal guarantees may be invoked thereby adversely affecting our Promoters / Directors / Key Managerial Personnel(s) ability to manage the affairs of our Company and consequently this may impact our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Further, in an event our promoters or members of the promoter group withdraws or terminates his/ their guarantee(s) or security, the lenders for such facilities may ask for alternate guarantee(s) or securities or for repayment of amounts outstanding under such facilities or even terminate such facilities. We may not be successful in procuring guarantee(s) or collateral securities satisfactory to the lender and as a result may need to repay outstanding amounts under such facilities or seek additional sources of capital, which could adversely affect our financial condition. For more information, please see the chapter titled Financial Indebtedness beginning on page 225 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 43. Our Company has unsecured loans which are repayable on demand. Any demand loan from lenders for repayment of such loans, may adversely affect our cash flows. As on September 30, 2018, our Company has unsecured loans amounting to Rs lakhs from related and other parties that are repayable on demand to the relevant lender. Further, these loans are not repayable in accordance with any agreed repayment schedule and may be recalled by the relevant lender at any time. Any such unexpected demand or accelerated repayment may have a material adverse effect on the business, cash flows and financial condition of the borrower against which repayment is sought. Any demand from lenders for repayment of such unsecured loans, may adversely affect our cash flows. For further details of above-mentioned loans of our Company, please refer the chapter titled Financial Statements beginning on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 44. Within the parameters as mentioned in the chapter titled Objects of the Issue beginning on page no. 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company s management will have flexibility in applying the proceeds of this Issue. The fund requirement and deployment mentioned in the Objects of the Issue have not been appraised by any bank or financial institution. We intend to use entire Issue proceeds for working capital, purchase of machinery / equipment and general corporate purposes. We intend to deploy the Net Issue Proceeds in FY and such deployment is based on certain assumptions and strategy which our Company believes to implement in future. The funds raised from the fresh issue may remain idle on account of change in assumptions, market conditions, strategy of our Company, etc. For further details on the use of the Issue Proceeds, please refer chapter titled "Objects of the Issue" beginning on page 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The deployment of funds for the purposes described above is at the discretion of our Company s Board of Directors. The fund requirement and deployment are based on internal management estimates and has not been appraised by any bank or financial institution. Accordingly, within the parameters as mentioned in the chapter titled Objects of the Issue beginning on page no. 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Management will have significant flexibility in applying the proceeds received by our Company from the Issue. Audit Committee will monitor the utilization of the proceeds of this Issue. However, in accordance with Section 27 of the Companies Act, 2013, and relevant provisions of SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2018, as amended from time to time, a company shall not vary the objects of the Issue without our Company being authorized to do so by our shareholders by way of special resolution and other compliances in this regard. Our Promoters and controlling shareholder shall provide exit opportunity to such shareholders who do not agree to the proposal to vary the objects, at such price and in such manner as may be prescribed by SEBI, in this regard. Page 39 of 335

41 As on date, we have not made any alternate arrangements for meeting our capital requirements for the objects of the issue. We meet our capital requirements through our bank finance, unsecured loans, owned funds and internal accruals. Any shortfall in our net owned funds, internal accruals and our inability to raise debt in future would result in us being unable to meet our capital requirements, which in turn will negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. Further, we have not identified any alternate source of funding and hence any failure or delay on our part to raise money from this issue or any shortfall in the issue proceeds may delay the implementation schedule and could adversely affect our growth plans. For further details please refer to the chapter titled Objects of the Issue beginning on page 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 45. The laws of various countries govern our Suppliers contracts and disputes arising from such contracts may be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts situated in such countries. Several of our sale orders executed with our suppliers are governed by the laws of the country in which either the supplier is incorporated or where the business of the supplier is situated and any disputes related to such contracts may be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of courts situated in such countries. Lawsuits with respect to such disputes may be instituted in courts situated outside India, and it may become unfeasible for our Company to manage such litigation or obtain enforcement of awards made in such suits. Further, we may also incur significant litigation costs as a result of pursuing dispute resolution mechanisms outside India. 46. We have entered into Related Party Transactions and continue to do so in future. There can be no assurance that such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have an adverse effect on our Company s financial condition and results of operations. Our Company has entered into transactions with our certain related parties. While we believe that all such transactions have been conducted on an arm s length basis, there can be no assurance that we could not have achieved more favorable terms had such transactions not been entered into with related parties. Furthermore, it is likely that we will enter into related party transactions in the future. There can be no assurance that such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, will not have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operation. For details on the transactions entered by us, please refer to chapter titled Financial Statements beginning on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 47. lays or defaults in client payments could result in a reduction of our profits. We may be subject to working capital shortages due to delays or defaults in payments by clients. If client(s) default in their payments in due time to which we have devoted significant resources it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and could cause the price of our Equity Shares to decline. 48. We rely extensively on our systems, including quality assurance systems, products processing systems and information technology systems, the failure of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. We depend extensively on the capacity and reliability of the quality assurance systems, product processing systems and information technology systems, supporting our operations. Considering the nature of our business and the industry in which we operate, it is imperative for us to have a robust information technology platform. If our data capturing, processing and sharing cannot be integrated and/ or we experience any defect or disruption in the use of, or damage to, our information technology systems, it may adversely affect our operations and thereby our business and financial condition. Our systems are also subject to damage or incapacitation by natural disasters, human error, power loss, sabotage, computer viruses, hacking, acts of terrorism and similar events or the loss of support services from third parties. Any disruption in the use of, or damage to, our systems may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Page 40 of 335

42 49. Introduction of alternative products caused by changes in technology or consumer needs may affect demand for our existing products which may adversely affect our financial results and business prospects. Our products are mainly used in the healthcare sector to cater to masses. Our business is affected by change in technology, consumer needs, market perception of brand, convenience, health and safety norms. Our ability to anticipate such changes and to continuously develop and introduce new and enhanced products successfully on a timely basis will be a key factor in our growth and business prospects. There can be no assurance that we will be able to keep pace with the technological advances that may be necessary for us to remain competitive. Further, any substantial change in preference of consumers who are end users of our products will affect our customers businesses and, in turn, will affect the demand for our products. Any failure to forecast and/or meet the changing demands of our businesses and consumer needs may have an adverse effect on our business, profitability and growth prospects. 50. In addition to the normal remuneration or benefits and reimbursement of expenses, some of our Directors and key managerial personnel are interested in our Company to the extent of their shareholding, dividend entitlement, if any, loan availed by our Company, as creditors of the Company etc. Our Directors and Key Managerial Personnel are interested in our Company to the extent of remuneration paid to them for services rendered and reimbursement of expenses payable to them. In addition, some of our Directors and Key Managerial Personnel may also be interested to the extent of their shareholding, dividend entitlement, if any; loan availed from them by our Company and credit balance due to them if any against purchases made from entities in which they are interested. For further information, see Capital Structure and Our Management and Financial Statements beginning on pages 66, 160 and 182, respectively, of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 51. Our future funds requirements, in the form of Issue of capital or securities and/ or loans taken by us, may be prejudicial to the interest of the shareholders depending upon the terms on which they are eventually raised. We may require additional capital from time to time depending on our business needs. Any fresh issue of shares or convertible securities would dilute the shareholding of the existing shareholders and such issuance may be done on terms and conditions, which may not be favorable to the then existing shareholders. If such funds are raised in the form of loans or debt, then it may substantially increase our interest burden and decrease our cash flows, thus prejudicially affecting our profitability and ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. 52. We could be harmed by employee misconduct or any such incidences could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and reputation. Employee misconduct could expose us to business risks or losses, including regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. There can be no assurance that we will be able to detect or deter such misconduct. Moreover, the precautions we take to prevent and detect such activity may not be effective in all cases. Our employees and agents may also commit errors that could subject us to claims and proceedings for alleged negligence, as well as regulatory actions on account of which our business, results of operations, financial condition and goodwill could be adversely affected. 53. Our ability to pay dividends will depend upon future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other factors. Till date our Company has not paid any dividend. The amount of our future dividend payments, if any, will depend upon various factors such as our future earnings, financial condition, cash flows, working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other factors. There can be no assurance that we shall have distributable funds or that we will declare dividends in the future. Additionally, the terms of any financing we obtain in the future, may contain restrictive covenants which may also affect some of the rights of our shareholders, including the payment of the dividend. Page 41 of 335

43 54. Compliance with, and changes in, safety, health and environmental laws and regulations may adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Due to the nature of our business, we expect to be or continue to be subject to extensive and increasingly stringent environmental, health and safety laws and regulations and various labor, workplace and related laws and regulations. We are also subject to environmental laws and regulations, including but not limited to: a. Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 b. Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,1981 c. Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act,1974 d. Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 e. Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 The above-mentioned enactments govern the discharge, emission, storage, handling and disposal of a variety of substances that may be used in or result from the operations of our business. The scope and extent of new environmental regulations, including their effect on our operations, cannot be predicted and hence the costs and management time required to comply with these requirements could be significant. Amendments to such statutes may impose additional provisions to be followed by our Company and accordingly the Company needs to incur clean-up and remediation costs, as well as damages, payment of fines or other penalties, closure of production facilities for non compliance, other liabilities and related litigation, could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Issue Related Risks 55. The Issue price of our Equity Shares may not be indicative of the market price of our Equity Shares after the Issue and the market price of our Equity Shares may decline below the issue price and you may not be able to sell your Equity Shares at or above the Issue Price. The Issue Price of our Equity Shares will be determined by book building method. This price is be based on numerous factors (For further information, please refer chapter titled Basis for Issue Price beginning on page no 87 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus) and may not be indicative of the market price of our Equity Shares after the Issue. The market price of our Equity Shares could be subject to significant fluctuations after the Issue and may decline below the Issue Price. We cannot assure you that you will be able to sell your Equity Shares at or above the Issue Price. Among the factors that could affect our share price include without limitation. The following: a. Half yearly variations in the rate of growth of our financial indicators, such as earnings per share, net income and revenues; b. Changes in revenue or earnings estimates or publication of research reports by analysts; c. Speculation in the press or investment community; d. General market conditions; and e. Domestic and international economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance. 56. Sale of Equity Shares by our Promoters or other significant shareholder(s) may adversely affect the trading price of the Equity Shares. Any instance of disinvestments of equity shares by our Promoters or by other significant shareholder(s) may significantly affect the trading price of our Equity Shares. Further, our market price may also be adversely affected even if there is a perception or belief that such sales of Equity Shares might occur. 57. There is no guarantee that the Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Issue will be listed on the SME Platform of BSE in a timely manner or at all. In accordance with Indian law and practice, permission for listing of the Equity Shares issued pursuant to the Issue will not be granted until after such Equity Shares have been issued and Allotted. Such approval Page 42 of 335

44 will require all other relevant documents authorizing the issue of Equity Shares to be submitted. There could be a failure or delay in listing these Equity Shares on the SME Platform of BSE. Any failure or delay in obtaining the approval would restrict your ability to sell the Equity Shares. 58. There are restrictions on daily / weekly / monthly movements in the price of the equity shares, which may adversely affect a shareholder s ability to sell, or the price at which it can sell the equity shares at a particular point of time. Once listed, we would be subject to the circuit breaker imposed by stock exchange on which our company is listed. The circuit breaker does not allow the transactions beyond specified increases or decreases in the price of the equity shares. The circuit breaker operates independently of the index- based market wide circuit breakers generally imposed by SEBI on different stock exchanges. The percentage limit on the circuit breakers is set by the stock exchange based on the historical volatility in the price and the trading volume of the equity shares. The stock exchange does not inform us of the percentage limit of the circuit breaker in effect from time to time, and may change it without our knowledge. This circuit breaker limits the upward and the downward movements in the price of the equity shares. As a result of the circuit breaker, no assurance may be given regarding your ability to sell the equity shares or the price at which you may be able to sell the equity shares at any particular point of time. You will not be able to sell immediately on stock exchange any of the equity shares you purchase in the issue until the issue receives required trading permissions. Pursuant to Indian regulations, certain compliances must be ensured before the equity shares can be listed and the trading may commence. We cannot assure you that the equity shares will be credited to the investors, demat accounts, or that trading in equity shares will commence, within the time periods specified in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Any failure or delay in obtaining the approval would restrict your ability to dispose of the equity shares in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act, In the event that the permission for listing the equity shares is denied by the stock exchange, we are required to refund all monies collected from investors. 59. After this issue, the price of the equity shares may be highly volatile, or an active trading market for the equity shares may not develop. The price of equity shares on the stock exchange may fluctuate as a result of the factors including: a. Volatility in the Indian and Global Capital Market; b. Companies results of operations and financial performance; c. Performance of Company s competitors; d. Adverse media reports on company or pertaining to the industry; e. Changes in our estimates of performance or recommendations by financial analysts; f. Significant developments in India s economic and fiscal policies; and g. Significant developments in India s environmental regulations. Current valuations may not be sustainable in the future and may also not be reflective of future valuations for our industry and our company. There has been no public market for the equity shares and the prices of the equity shares may fluctuate after this issue. There can be no assurance that an active trading market for the equity shares will develop or be sustained after this issue or that the price at which the equity shares are initially traded will correspond to the price at which the equity shares will trade in the market subsequent to this issue. EXTERNAL RISK FACTORS Industry Related Risks 60. Changes in government regulations or their implementation could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our business and industry are regulated by different laws, rules and regulations framed by the Central and State Government. These regulations can be amended / changed on a short notice at the discretion Page 43 of 335

45 of the Government. If we fail to comply with all applicable regulations or if the regulations governing our business or their implementation change adversely, we may incur increased costs or be subject to penalties, which could disrupt our operations and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Other Risks 61. The Companies Act, 2013 has effected significant changes to the existing Indian company law framework, which may subject us to higher compliance requirements and increase our compliance costs. A majority of the provisions and rules under the Companies Act, 2013 have been notified and have come into effect from the date of their respective notification, resulting in the corresponding provisions of the Companies Act, 1956 ceasing to have effect. The Companies Act, 2013 has brought into effect significant changes to the Indian company law framework, such as in the provisions related to issue of capital, disclosures in Draft Red Herring Prospectus, corporate governance norms, audit matters, related party transactions, introduction of a provision allowing the initiation of class action suits in India against companies by shareholders or depositors, a restriction on investment by an Indian company through more than two layers of subsidiary investment companies (subject to certain permitted exceptions), prohibitions on loans to directors and insider trading and restrictions on directors and key managerial personnel from engaging in forward dealing. To ensure compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013, we may need to allocate additional resources, which may increase our regulatory compliance costs and divert management attention. The Companies Act, 2013 introduced certain additional requirements which do not have corresponding equivalents under the Companies Act, Accordingly, we may face challenges in interpreting and complying with such provisions due to limited jurisprudence on them. In the event, our interpretation of such provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 differs from, or contradicts with, any judicial pronouncements or clarifications issued by the Government in the future, we may face regulatory actions or we may be required to undertake remedial steps. We may face difficulties in complying with any such overlapping requirements. Further, we cannot currently determine the impact of provisions of the Companies Act, 2013 which are yet to come in force. Any increase in our compliance requirements or in our compliance costs may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations. 62. You may be subject to Indian taxes arising out of capital gains on the sale of the Equity Shares. Under current Indian tax laws, capital gains arising from the sale of equity shares within 12 months in an Indian company are classified as short-term capital gains and generally taxable. Any gain realized on the sale of listed equity shares on a stock exchange that are held for more than 12 months is considered as long-term capital gains and currently, such gains are not be subject to capital gains tax in India if Securities Transaction tax ( STT ) has been paid on the transaction. STT is levied on and collected by a domestic stock exchange on which equity shares are sold. As per the The Finance Act, 2018, the exemption on longterm capital gains tax has been withdrawn with effect from 1 April 2018 and tax at the rate of 10% is levied on such long-term capital gains in excess of Rs. 1,00,000. Any long-term gain realized on the sale of equity shares, which are sold other than on a recognized stock exchange and on which no STT has been paid, is also subject to tax in India. Capital gains arising from the sale of equity shares are exempt from taxation in India where an exemption from taxation in India is provided under a treaty between India and the country of which the seller is resident. Generally, Indian tax treaties do not limit India s ability to impose tax on capital gains. As a result, residents of other countries may be liable to pay tax in India as well as in their own jurisdiction on a gain on the sale of equity shares. 63. Significant differences exist between Indian GAAP and other accounting principles, such as U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which may be material to the financial statements prepared and presented in accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus As stated in the reports of the Auditor included in this Draft Red herring Prospectus under chapter Financial Statements beginning on page 182, the financial statements included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are based on financial information that is based on the audited financial statements that are Page 44 of 335

46 prepared and presented in conformity with Indian GAAP and restated in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, and no attempt has been made to reconcile any of the information given in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus to any other principles or to base it on any other standards. Indian GAAP differs from accounting principles and auditing standards with which prospective investors may be familiar in other countries, such as U.S. GAAP and IFRS. Significant differences exist between Indian GAAP and U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which may be material to the financial information prepared and presented in accordance with Indian GAAP contained in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Accordingly, the degree to which the financial information included in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus will provide meaningful information is dependent on familiarity with Indian GAAP, the Companies Act and the SEBI ICDR Regulations. Any reliance by persons not familiar with Indian GAAP on the financial disclosures presented in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus should accordingly be limited. 64. Changing laws, rules and regulations and legal uncertainties, including adverse application of tax laws, may adversely affect our business and financial performance. Our business and financial performance could be adversely affected by unfavorable changes in or interpretations of existing, or the promulgation of new laws, rules and regulations applicable to us and our business. Please refer to Key Industry Regulations on page no. 144 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, for details of the laws currently applicable to us. There can be no assurance that the Government of India may not implement new regulations and policies which will require us to obtain approvals and licenses from the Government of India and other regulatory bodies or impose onerous requirements and conditions on our operations. Any such changes and the related uncertainties with respect to the applicability, interpretation and implementation of any amendment to, or change to governing laws, regulation or policy in the jurisdictions in which we operate may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, we may have to incur expenditures to comply with the requirements of any new regulations, which may also materially harm our results of operations. Any unfavorable changes to the laws and regulations applicable to us could also subject us to additional liabilities. GST has been implemented with effect from July 1, 2017 and has replaced the indirect taxes on goods and services such as central excise duty, service tax, central sales tax, state VAT and surcharge currently being collected by the central and state governments. The GST is expected to increase tax incidence and administrative compliance. Given the limited availability of information in the public domain concerning the GST, we are unable to provide any assurance as to the tax regime following implementation of the GST. The implementation of this new structure may be affected by any disagreement between certain state Governments, which could create uncertainty. Any future amendments may affect our overall tax efficiency and may result in significant additional taxes becoming payable. Further, the general anti avoidance rules ( GAAR ) provisions have been made effective from assessment year onwards, i.e.; financial Year onwards and the same may get triggered once transactions are undertaken to avoid tax. The consequences of the GAAR provisions being applied to an arrangement could result in denial of tax benefit amongst other consequences. In the absence of any precedents on the subject, the application of these provisions is uncertain. The application of various Indian tax laws, rules and regulations to our business, currently or in the future, is subject to interpretation by the applicable taxation authorities. If such tax laws, rules and regulations are amended, new adverse laws, rules or regulations are adopted or current laws are interpreted adversely to our interests, the results could increase our tax payments (prospectively or retrospectively) and/or subject us to penalties. Further, changes in capital gains tax or tax on capital market transactions or sale of shares could affect investor returns. As a result, any such changes or interpretations could have an adverse effect on our business and financial performance. 65. Financial instability in Indian financial markets could adversely affect Our Company s results of operations and financial condition. In this globalized world, the Indian economy and financial markets are significantly influenced by Page 45 of 335

47 worldwide economic, financial and market conditions. Any financial turmoil, say in the United States of America, Europe, China or other emerging economies, may have a negative impact on the Indian economy. Although economic conditions differ in each country, investors reactions to any significant developments in one country can have adverse effects on the financial and market conditions in other countries. A loss in investor confidence in the financial systems, particularly in other emerging markets, may cause increased volatility in Indian financial markets. Indian financial markets have also experienced the contagion effect of the global financial turmoil. Any prolonged financial crisis may have an adverse impact on the Indian economy, thereby resulting in a material and adverse effect on our Company's business, operations, financial condition, profitability and price of its Shares. Stock exchanges in India have in the past experienced substantial fluctuations in the prices of listed securities. 66. Taxes and other levies imposed by the Government of India or other State Governments, as well as other financial policies and regulations, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Taxes and other levies imposed by the Central or State Governments in India that affect our industry include: a. Custom duties on imports of computers, servers and other accessories. b. Goods and Service Tax on certain raw materials and components; c. Other new or special taxes and surcharges introduced on a permanent or temporary basis from time to time. These taxes and levies affect the cost and prices of our products and therefore demand for our product. An increase in any of these taxes or levies, or the imposition of new taxes or levies in the future, may have a material adverse effect on our business, profitability and financial condition. 67. Political instability or a change in economic liberalization and deregulation policies could seriously harm business and economic conditions in India generally and our business in particular. The Government of India has traditionally exercised and continues to exercise influence over many aspects of the economy. Our business and the market price and liquidity of our Equity Shares may be affected by interest rates, changes in Government policy, taxation, social and civil unrest and other political, economic or other developments in or affecting India. The rate of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting the information technology sector, foreign investment and other matters affecting investment in our securities could change as well. Any significant change in such liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic conditions in India, generally, and our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations, in particular. 68. We cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of facts and other statistics with respect to India, the Indian economy and industry in which our company operates contained in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus. While facts and other statistics in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus relating to India, the Indian economy and the industry in which our company operates has been based on various government publications and reports from government agencies that we believe are reliable, we cannot guarantee the quality or reliability of such materials. While we have taken reasonable care in the reproduction of such information, industry facts and other statistics have not been prepared or independently verified by us or any of our respective affiliates or advisors and, therefore we make no representation as to their accuracy or completeness. These facts and other statistics include the facts and statistics included in the chapter titled Industry Overview beginning on page 100 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Due to possibly flawed or ineffective data collection methods or discrepancies between published information and market practice and other problems, the statistics herein may be inaccurate or may not be comparable to statistics produced elsewhere and should not be unduly relied upon. Further, there is no assurance that they are stated or compiled on the same basis or with the same degree of accuracy, as the case may be, elsewhere. Page 46 of 335

48 69. Conditions in the Indian securities market may affect the price or liquidity of our Equity Shares. The Indian securities markets are smaller than securities markets in more developed economies and the regulation and monitoring of Indian securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers and other participants differ, in some cases significantly, from those in the more developed economies. Indian stock exchanges have in the past experienced substantial fluctuations in the prices of listed securities. Further, the Indian stock exchanges have experienced volatility in the recent times. The Indian stock exchanges have also experienced problems that have affected the market price and liquidity of the securities of Indian companies, such as temporary exchange closures, broker defaults, settlement delays and strikes by brokers. In addition, the governing bodies of the Indian stock exchanges have from time to time restricted securities from trading and limited price movements. A closure of, or trading stoppage on the SME Platform of BSE Limited could adversely affect the trading price of the Equity Shares. 70. Global economic, political and social conditions may harm our ability to do business, increase our costs and negatively affect our stock price. Global economic and political factors that are beyond our control, influence forecasts and directly affect performance. These factors include interest rates, rates of economic growth, fiscal and monetary policies of governments, inflation, deflation, foreign exchange fluctuations, consumer credit availability, fluctuations in commodities markets, consumer debt levels, unemployment trends and other matters that influence consumer confidence, spending and tourism. Increasing volatility in financial markets may cause these factors to change with a greater degree of frequency and magnitude, which may negatively affect our stock prices. 71. Foreign investors are subject to foreign investment restrictions under Indian law that limits our ability to attract foreign investors, which may adversely impact the market price of the Equity Shares. Under the foreign exchange regulations currently in force in India, transfers of shares between nonresidents and residents are freely permitted (subject to certain exceptions) if they comply with the pricing guidelines and reporting requirements specified by the RBI. If the transfer of shares, which are sought to be transferred, is not in compliance with such pricing guidelines or reporting requirements or fall under any of the exceptions referred to above, then the prior approval of the RBI will be required. Additionally, shareholders who seek to convert the Rupee proceeds from a sale of shares in India into foreign currency and repatriate that foreign currency from India will require a no objection/ tax clearance certificate from the income tax authority. There can be no assurance that any approval required from the RBI or any other government agency can be obtained on any particular terms or at all. 72. The extent and reliability of Indian infrastructure could adversely affect our Company s results of operations and financial condition. India s physical infrastructure is in developing phase compared to that of many developed nations. Any congestion or disruption in its port, rail and road networks, electricity grid, communication systems or any other public facility could disrupt our Company s normal business activity. Any deterioration of India s physical infrastructure would harm the national economy, disrupt the transportation of goods and supplies, and costs to doing business in India. These problems could interrupt our Company s business operations, which could have an adverse effect on its results of operations and financial condition. 73. Any downgrading of India s sovereign rating by an independent agency may harm our ability to raise financing. Any adverse revisions to India s credit ratings for domestic and international debt by international rating agencies may adversely impact our ability to raise additional financing, and the interest rates and other commercial terms at which such additional financing may be available. This could have an adverse effect on our business and future financial performance, our ability to obtain financing for capital expenditures and the trading price of our Equity Shares. 74. Natural calamities could have a negative impact on the Indian economy and cause our Company s business to suffer. Page 47 of 335

49 India has experienced natural calamities such as earthquakes, tsunami, floods etc. In recent years, the extent and severity of these natural disasters determine their impact on the Indian economy. Prolonged spells of abnormal rainfall or other natural calamities could have a negative impact on the Indian economy, which could adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations as well as the price of the Equity Shares. 75. Terrorist attacks, civil unrests and other acts of violence or war involving India or other countries could adversely affect the financial markets, our business, financial condition and the price of our Equity Shares. Any major hostilities involving India or other acts of violence, including civil unrest or similar events that are beyond our control, could have a material adverse effect on India s economy and our business. Incidents such as the terrorist attacks, other incidents such as those in US, Indonesia, Madrid and London, and other acts of violence may adversely affect the Indian stock markets where our Equity Shares will trade as well the global equity markets generally. Such acts could negatively impact business sentiment as well as trade between countries, which could adversely affect our Company s business and profitability. Additionally, such events could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies, including the Equity Shares. Page 48 of 335

50 The following table summarizes the Issue details: SECTION III INTRODUCTION THE ISSUE Particulars Issue of Equity Shares by our Company Of Which Market Maker Reservation Portion Net Issue to the Public Details of Equity Shares Upto 70,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of 10 each fully paid-up for cash at price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share aggregating to Rs. [ ] Lakhs Upto [ ] Equity Shares of face value of 10 each fully paid-up for cash at price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share aggregating to [ ] Lakhs Upto [ ] Equity Shares of face value of 10 each fully paid-up for cash at price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share aggregating to Rs. [ ] Lakhs Of Which (A) Retail Portion (B) Non Institutional Portion Pre-and Post-Issue Equity Shares Equity Shares outstanding prior to the Issue Equity Shares outstanding after the Issue Use of Issue Proceeds Notes [ ] Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10 each fully paid-up for cash at price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share aggregating to Rs. [ ] Lakhs i.e. 50% of the Net Issue shall be available for allocation Retail Individual Investors [ ] Equity Shares of face value of 10 each fully paid-up for cash at price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share aggregating to Rs. [ ] Lakhs i.e. 50% of the Net Issue shall be available for allocation for Investors other than Retail Individual Investors. [ ] Equity Shares of face value of 10 each [ ] Equity Shares of face value of 10 each For details please refer chapter titled Objects of the Issue beginning on page 79 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The Issue has been authorized by the Board of Directors vide a resolution passed at its meeting held on December 31, 2018 and approved by the shareholders of our Company vide a special resolution at the EGM held on February 07, 2019 pursuant to section 62(1)(c) of the Companies Act This Issue is being made in terms of Chapter IX of SEBI ICDR Regulations, 2018, as amended. For further details please refer to section titled Issue Structure beginning on page 301 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus The Issue is being made through the Book Building Process wherein a minimum 50% of the Net Issue is allocated for Retail Individual Applicants and the balance shall be offered to individual applicants other than Retail Individual Applicants and other investors including corporate bodies or institutions, QIBs and Non-Institutional Applicants. However, if the aggregate demand from the Retail Individual Applicants is less than 50%, then the balance Equity Shares in that portion will be added to the non-retail portion offered to the remaining investors including QIBs and NIIs and vice-versa subject to valid Applications being received from them at or above the Issue Price. Additionally, if the Retail Individual Applicants category is entitled to more than fifty per cent on proportionate basis, the Retail Individual Applicants shall be allocated that higher percentage. However, the Application by an Applicant should not exceed the investment limits prescribed under the relevant regulations/statutory guidelines. For details, please refer chapter titled Issue Procedure beginning on page 276 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Page 49 of 335

51 Subject to valid Applications being received at the Issue Price, under subscription, if any, in any category would be met with spill-over from the other categories or a contribution of categories at the discretion of our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager and the Designated Stock Exchange i.e. BSE SME Page 50 of 335

52 SUMMARY OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION ANNEXURE I Restated Standalone Statement of Assets and Liabilities of Artemis Electricals Limited (Rs.in lakhs) As at Particulars September 30, 2018 March 31, 2018 March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016 Equity and Liabilities Shareholders' Funds Share Capital 1, Reserve & Surplus 1, , Non Current Liabilities Long Term Borrowings , Deferred Tax Liabilities (Net) Long Term Provisions Current Liabilities Short Term Borrowings Trade Payables 2, , Other Current Liabilities , Short Term Provisions Total 6, , , , Assets Fixed Assets: Tangible Assets 1, , Intangible Assets Long Term Loans & Advances Current Assets Inventories 2, , Trade Receivables 1, , , Cash and Bank Balances Other Current Assets Total 6, , , , The above statement should be read with the Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies appearing in Annexure IV and Notes to the Restated Financial Information appearing in Annexure V. Page 51 of 335

53 ANNEXURE II Restated Standalone Statement of Profit and Loss of Artemis Electricals Limited (Rs.in lakhs) For the period ended Particulars September 30, 2018 March 31, 2018 March 31, 2017 March 31, 2016 Income Revenue from Operations 5, Other Income Total 5, , , , Expenditure Cost of Material Consumed 3, , , , Changes in Inventories of Finished Goods (126.24) (510.78) (151.06) Employee Benefit Expenses Finance Costs Depreciation and Amortisation Expense Other Expenses Total 4, , , , Profit before Tax and exceptional items , Exceptional Items Net Profit before Tax , Less: Provision for Taxes Current Tax MAT Credit Entitlement (12.24) Deferred Tax (1.95) Net Profit After Tax & Before Extraordinary Items Extra Ordinary Items Net Profit after Tax The above statement should be read with the Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies appearing in Annexure IV and Notes to the Restated Financial Information appearing in Annexure V. Page 52 of 335

54 Annexure III - Restated Standalone Statement of Cash Flows of Artemis Electricals Limited Particulars September 30, 2018 Page 53 of 335 For the period ended March 31, 2018 March 31, 2017 (Rs.in lakhs) March 31, 2016 CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net profit before taxes , Adjustment for: Add: Depreciation Add: Interest & Finance Charges Less: Interest Income (1.30) - - Operating Profit before Working capital changes , Adjustments for: Decrease (Increase) in Trade & Other Receivables (1,498.20) (373.81) (427.34) Decrease (Increase) in Short Term Loans & (433.52) (343.18) (18.99) - Advances Decrease (Increase) in Inventories of Finished (115.04) (1,494.12) (137.33) (207.14) Goods, Stock-in-Trade & Scrap Decrease (Increase) in Other Current Assets (13.08) (Excluding Advance Tax and TDS) Increase (Decrease) in Trade Payables , Increase (Decrease) in Other Current Liabilities (518.68) (399.37) Increase (Decrease) in Long Term Provisions (Excluding Provision for Taxes) Increase (Decrease) in Short Term Provisions (5.74) (Excluding Provision for Taxes) Net Changes in Working Capital (482.33) ( ) (228.38) (150.67) Cash Generated from Operations Less: Taxes (107.31) (9.68) (4.89) (15.39) Net Cash Flow from Operating Activities (A) CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Sale / (Purchase) of Fixed Assets (17.96) (1,550.07) (37.69) (17.64) Interest Income Decrease (Increase) in Long Term Loans & (48.85) (141.00) Advances Net Cash Flow from Investing Activities (B) (1,480.75) (86.54) (158.64) CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Issue of share capital and Proceeds / (Refund) from Share Application Money Interest & Finance Charges (36.24) (36.91) (0.61) (20.76) Increase / (Repayment) of Long Term Borrowings (367.06) 1, (93.07) Increase / (Repayment) of Short Term Borrowings (0.04) Decrease (Increase) in Long Term Loans & (151.84) Advances Dividend and Dividend Distribution Tax Net Cash Flow from Financing Activities (C) (403.29) 1, Net Increase / (Decrease) in Cash and Cash 7.11 (2.19) (2.95) (74.20) Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year / Period

55 Particulars Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year/ Period Notes: For the period ended September March 31, March 31, March 30, , )The above Cash Flow Statement has been prepared under the 'Indirect Method' as set out in the Accounting Standard - 3 on Cash Flow Statements. 2)The above statement should be read with the Basis of Preparation and Significant Accounting Policies, appearing in Annexure IV and Notes to the Restated Financial Information appearing in Annexure V. Page 54 of 335

56 GENERAL INFORMATION Our Company was originally incorporated as Artemis Electricals Private Limited as a private limited Company under the provisions of Companies Act, 1956 vide Certificate of Incorporation dated October 26, 2009 bearing Corporate Identification Number U51505MH2009PTC issued by Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra, Mumbai. Subsequently, our Company was converted into a public limited Company pursuant to special resolution passed at the Extra Ordinary General Meeting by the shareholders dated July 25, 2015 and the name of our Company was changed to Artemis Electricals Limited to reflect the legal status of our Company pursuant to a fresh certificate of incorporation granted by the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra, Mumbai dated August 27, For further details, please refer the chapter titled History and Certain Corporate Matters beginning on page 156 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. The Corporate Identity Number of our Company is U51505MH2009PLC Registered of our Company Artemis Electricals Limited Artemis Complex, Gala No. 105&108, National Express Highway, Vasai [East] Thane Maharashtra, India. Tel No: Website: contact@artemiselectricals.com Corporate Office of our Company 201 A, A Wing, 2 nd Floor, Fortune 2000, G Block, BKC, Bandra [East], Mumbai Maharashtra, India. contact@artemiselectricals.com Registrar of Companies Our Company is registered with Registrar of Companies, Mumbai located at: 100 Everest, Marine Drive, Mumbai , Maharashtra, India. Board of Directors of our Company Our Board of Directors comprises of the following directors as on the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Sr. No. Name Designation DIN Address 1. Pravin Executive Tower A, Raheja Sherwood, Agrawal Director 5482 Western Express Highway, B/H Hub Mall, Goregaon (East), Mumbai , Maharashtra, India 2. Ramniranjan Bhutra Krishnakum ar Laxman Bangera 4. Richa Sharma Non Executive Director Non- Executive Independe nt Director Non- Executive Independe nt Director G 401, Evershine Millennium, Paradise Moon - 73, Thakur Village Evershine Dream Park, Kandivali (East) Mumbai , Maharashtra, India Flat No 401, Jeevan Sathi, 18 Juhu Lane, C D Barfi Wala Marg Inside New India Staff Quarter, Andheri [W] , Maharashtra, India. Flat No. 102, Gunjan B Wing, Gaurav Garden, Charkop, Kandivali West Mumbai Maharashtra, India. Page 55 of 335

57 Sr. No. Name Designation DIN Address 5. Shivkumar Singh Whole Time Director Garuda House, Atlanta Bldg., 102 to 110, Vitbhatti., Off Goregaon Mulund Link Road, Mumbai For further details of our Directors, please refer chapter titled Our Management beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Company Secretary and Compliance Officer Alheena Khan Company Secretary and Compliance Officer Artemis Complex, Gala No. 105&108, National Express Highway, Vasai [East] Thane Maharashtra, India. Tel No: contact@artemiselectricals.com Investors can contact the Registrar to the Issue, Company Secretary and Compliance Officer or the BRLM in case of any pre or post-issue related problems, such as non-receipt of letters of Allotment, non-credit of allotted shares in the respective beneficiary account, non-receipt of refund orders, non-receipt of funds by electronic mode and unblocking of funds. All grievances relating to the Issue may be addressed to the Registrar to the Issue with a copy to the relevant Designated Intermediary with whom the ASBA Form was submitted. The Applicant should give full details such as name of the sole or first Applicant, ASBA Form number, Applicant DP ID, Client ID, PAN, date of the Application, address of the Applicant, number of Equity Shares applied for and the name and address of the Designated Intermediary where the ASBA Form was submitted by the ASBA Applicant Further, the investor shall also enclose the TRS received from the Designated Intermediaries in addition to the documents/information mentioned hereinabove. Statutory Auditor and Peer Reviewed Auditor M/s. Mittal Agarwal & Co. 404, Madhu Industrial Park, Mogra Cross Road, Near Apollo Chamber, Andheri (East), Mumbai , Maharashtra, India Tel: Fax: mkmittal1@yahoo.com Contact Person: Piyush Agarwal Firm Registration No: W Book Running Lead Manager Fedex Securities Private Limited 305, Enterprise Centre, Nehru Road, Vile Parle (East), Mumbai , Maharashtra, India Tel No: Fax No: Contact Person: Rinkesh Saraiya mb@fedsec.in Website: Page 56 of 335

58 Investor Grievance SEBI Registration Number: INM Legal Advisor to the Issue Rajani Associates, Advocates and Solicitors , Krishna Chambers, 59, New Marine Lines, Churchgate, Mumbai , Maharashtra Tel: Fax: Registrar to the Issue Cameo Corporate Services Limited Submaramanian Building, No. 1 Club House, Chennai , India. Tel No: /1989 Fax No: cameo@cameoindia.com Website: Contact Person: R. D. Ramasamy SEBI Registration No: INR Investor Grievance cameo@cameoindia.com Bankers to our Company The Federal Bank Limited 8, 9, 10 Laram Centre, S. V Road, Andheri West, Mumbai Tel: / / bbyb@federalbank.co.in Contact Person: Kumar Abhishek (AVP and Branch Head) Website: Bankers to the Issue and Refund Banker [ ] Tel No: [ ] Fax: [ ] [ ] Contact Person: [ ] Website: [ ] SEBI Registration No: [ ] Syndicate Members As on Draft Red Herring Prospectus, company has not appointed any Syndicate Members Page 57 of 335

59 Self-Certified Syndicate Banks The list of banks that have been notified by SEBI to act as SCSBs for the ASBA process is provided on relating to designated branches of SCSBs collecting the ASBA application forms are available at the abovementioned link. Registered Brokers In terms of SEBI circular no. CIR/CFD/14/2012 dated October 4, 2012, Applicants can submit Application Forms in the Issue using the stock brokers network of the BSE SME i.e., through the Registered Brokers at the Broker Centers. The list of the Registered Brokers, including details such as postal address, telephone number and address, is provided on the website of BSE. The details of the Broker Centers of the Registered Brokers will be available on the website of SEBI. Registrar and Share Transfer Agents In terms of SEBI circular no. CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015, Applicants can submit Application Forms with RTAs who are registrars and transfer agents registered with SEBI and have furnished their details to BSE for acting in such capacity. The list of the RTAs eligible to accept Applications Forms at the Designated RTA Locations, including details such as address, telephone number and address, are provided on the website of BSE. Collecting Depository Participants In terms of SEBI circular no. CIR/CFD/POLICYCELL/11/2015 dated November 10, 2015, Applicants can submit Application Forms with CDPs who are registered with SEBI and have furnished their details to BSE for acting in such capacity. The list of the CDPs eligible to accept Application Forms at the Designated CDP Locations, including details such as name and contact details, are provided on the website of BSE. Inter-Se Allocation of Responsibilities Fedex Securities Private Limited being the sole Book Running Lead Manager to this Issue shall be undertaking all activities in relation to this Issue. Hence, the statement of inter-se allocation of responsibilities among Book Running Lead Manager is not required. Credit Rating This being an issue of Equity Shares, credit rating is not required. IPO Grading Since the Issue is being made in terms of Chapter IX of SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018, there is no requirement of appointing an IPO grading agency. Appraisal and Monitoring Agency As per regulation 262(1) of SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018, the requirement of monitoring agency is not mandatory if the Issue size is up to 10,000 Lakhs. Since the Issue size is only of Rs. [ ] Lakhs, our Company has not appointed any monitoring agency for this Issue. However, as per section 177 of the Companies Act, the Audit Committee of our Company, would be monitoring the utilization of the proceeds of the issue. Expert Opinion Except as stated below, our Company has not obtained any expert opinions: Our Company has received a written consent from our Peer Review Auditor, M/s Mittal Agarwal & Company, Chartered Accountants, with respect to the report on the Financial Statements dated February 25, 2019 and the Statement of Tax Benefits dated February 25, 2019, to include their name in this Draft Page 58 of 335

60 Red Herring Prospectus, as required under section 26(1)(a)(v) of the Companies Act read with SEBI ICDR Regulations as expert, defined in section 2(38) of the Companies Act and such consent has not been withdrawn as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. However, the term expert shall not be construed to mean an expert as defined under the U.S. Securities Act. Debenture Trustee Since this is not a debenture issue, appointment of debenture trustee is not required. Filing of Draft Red Herring Prospectus A soft copy of Draft Red Herring Prospectus shall be filed with SEBI through SEBI Intermediary Portal at as per Regulation 246 (5) of SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018 and SEBI shall not issue any observation on the offer document in terms of Regulation 246(2) of SEBI ICDR Regulations A copy of the Red Herring Prospectus along with the documents required to be filed under Section 32 of the Companies Act will be delivered to the RoC situated at. Our Company is registered with Registrar of Companies, Mumbai located at: 100 Everest, Marine Drive, Mumbai , Maharashtra, India. Book Building Process The book building, in the context of the Offer, refers to the process of collection of Bids on the basis of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus within the Price Band, which will be decided by our Company in consultation with the BRLM, and advertised in [ ] editions of the English national newspaper, [ ] editions of the Hindi national newspaper, and [ ] editions of the Marathi newspaper (Marathi being the regional language where our Registered and Corporate Office is located), each with wide circulation, at least two working days prior to the Bid / Issue Opening Date. The Issue Price is finalized after the Bid / Issue Closing Date. The principal parties involved in the Book Building Process are: 1. our Company; 2. the BRLM; 3. the Syndicate Members, if any; 4. the Registrar to the Offer; 5. the Registered Brokers; 6. the Escrow Collection Bank(s); and 7. the SCSBs. The SEBI ICDR Regulations have permitted the Issue of securities to the public through the Book Building Process Issue, wherein a minimum 50% of the Net Issue is allocated for Retail Individual Applicants and the balance shall be offered to individual applicants other than Retail Individual Applicants and other investors including corporate bodies or institutions, QIBs and Non-Institutional Applicants. However, if the aggregate demand from the Retail Individual Applicants is less than 50%, then the balance Equity Shares in that portion will be added to the non-retail portion offered to the remaining investors including QIBs and NIIs and vice-versa subject to valid Applications being received from them at or above the Issue Price. Additionally, if the Retail Individual Applicants category is entitled to more than fifty per cent on proportionate basis, the Retail Individual Applicants shall be allocated that higher percentage. However, the Application by an Applicant should not exceed the investment limits prescribed under the relevant regulations/statutory guidelines. Our Company will comply with the SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018 for this Issue. In this regard, our Company has appointed the Book Running Lead Manager to procure subscriptions to the Issue. In accordance with the SEBI Regulations, QIBs and Non-Institutional Bidders are not allowed to withdraw or lower the size of their Bids (in terms of the quantity of the Equity Shares or the Bid Amount) at any stage. Retail Individual Bidders can revise or withdraw their Bids prior to the Bid/issue Closing Date. Further, Anchor Investors cannot withdraw their Bids after the Anchor Investor Bid/ Issue Period. Allocation to the Anchor Investors will be on a discretionary basis. For further details, please refer to section titled "Issue Procedure" beginning on page 276 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Page 59 of 335

61 QIBs (excluding Anchor Investors) and Non-Institutional Bidders can participate in the Issue only through the ASBA process and Retail Individual Bidders have the option to participate through the ASBA Process. Anchor Investors are not permitted to participate through the ASBA Process. Under-subscription, if any, in any category, except in the QIB Portion, would be allowed to be met with spill-over from any other category or a combination of categories at the discretion of our Company, in consultation with the BRLM and the Designated Stock Exchange. We will comply with the SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018 and any other ancillary directions issued by SEBI for this Issue. In this regard, we have appointed Fedex Securities Private Limited as the Book Running Lead Manager, respectively to manage the Issue and procure subscriptions to the Issue. Further [ ]% of the Issue is reserved for allocation to the Market Maker. The process of Book Building under the SEBI ICDR Regulations is subject to change from time to time and the investors are advised to make their own judgment about investment through this process prior to making a Bid or application in the Issue. Illustration of Book Building and Price Discovery Process: (Investors should note that this example is solely for illustrative purposes and is not specific to the Issue) Bidders can bid at any price within the price band. For instance, assume a price band of 20 to 24 per equity share, issue size of 3,000 equity shares and receipt of five bids from bidders, details of which are shown in the table below. A graphical representation of the consolidated demand and price would be made available at the bidding centers during the bidding period. The illustrative book below shows the demand for the equity shares of the issuer company at various prices and is collated from bids received from various investors Bid Quantity Bid Amount Cumulative Quantity Subscription % % % % % The price discovery is a function of demand at various prices. The highest price at which the issuer is able to issue the desired number of shares is the price at which the book cuts off, i.e., in the above example. The issuer, in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager will finalize the issue price at or below such cutoff price, i.e., at or below All bids at or above this issue price and cut-off bids are valid bids and are considered for allocation in the respective categories. Steps to be taken by the Bidders for Bidding: 1) Check eligibility for making a Bid (see section titled Issue Procedure on page 276 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus); 2) Ensure that you have a demat account and the demat account details are correctly mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form; 3) Ensure correctness of your PAN, DP ID and Client ID mentioned in the Bid cum Application Form. Based on these parameters, the Registrar to the Issue will obtain the Demographic Details of the Bidders from the Depositories. 4) Except for Bids on behalf of the Central or State Government officials, residents of Sikkim and the officials appointed by the courts, who may be exempt from specifying their PAN for transacting in the securities market, for Bids of all values ensure that you have mentioned your PAN allotted under the Income Tax Act in the Bid cum Application Form. The exemption for Central or State Governments and officials appointed by the courts and for investors residing in Sikkim is subject to the Depositary Page 60 of 335

62 Participant s verification of the veracity of such claims of the investors by collecting sufficient documentary evidence in support of their claims; 5) Ensure that the Bid cum Application Form is duly completed as per instructions given in the Draft Red Herring Prospectus and in the Bid cum Application Form; BID / ISSUE PROGRAMME An indicative timetable in respect of the Issue is set out below: Event Bid Issue Opening Date Bid Issue Closing Date Finalization of Basis of Allotment with the Designated Stock Exchange Initiation of Allotment / Refunds / Unblocking of Funds Credit of Equity Shares to demat accounts of Allottees Commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on BSE SME Indicative timeline [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] The above timetable is indicative and does not constitute any obligation on our Company or the Book Running Lead Manager. Whilst our Company shall ensure that all steps for the completion of the necessary formalities for the listing and the commencement of trading of the Equity Shares on the BSE SME are taken within six (6) Working Days of the Issue Closing Date, the timetable may change due to various factors, such as extension of the Issue Period by our Company, or any delays in receiving the final listing and trading approval from BSE SME. The commencement of trading of the Equity Shares will be entirely at the discretion of BSE SME and in accordance with the applicable laws. Application Forms and any revision to the same shall be accepted only between a.m. and 5.00 p.m. (IST) during the Issue Period (except for the Issue Closing Date). On the Issue Closing Date, the Application Forms and any revision to the same shall be accepted between a.m. and 3.00 p.m. (IST) or such extended time as permitted by BSE SME, in case of Application Forms by Retail Individual Applicants after considering the total number of applications received up to the closure of timings and reported by the Book Running Lead Manager to the BSE SME within half an hour of such closure. It is clarified that the Application Forms not uploaded on the electronic system would be rejected. Application Forms will be accepted only on Working Days during the Issue Period. Due to limitation of time available for uploading the Application Forms on the Issue Closing Date, the Applicants are advised to submit their Application Forms one (1) day prior to the Issue Closing Date and, in any case, no later than 3.00 p.m. (IST) on the Issue Closing Date. All times mentioned in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus are IST. Applicants are cautioned that in the event a large number of Application Forms are received on the Issue Closing Date, as is typically experienced in public offerings, some Application Forms may not get uploaded due to lack of sufficient time. Such Application Forms that cannot be uploaded will not be considered for allocation under the Issue. Neither our Company nor the Book Running Lead Manager is liable for any failure in uploading the Application Forms due to faults in any software/hardware system or otherwise. In accordance with SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018, QIBs and Non-Institutional Applicants are not allowed to withdraw or lower the size of their Application (in terms of the quantity of the Equity Shares or the application amount) at any stage. Retail Individual Applicants can revise or withdraw their Application prior to the Issue Closing Date. Allocation to Retail Individual Applicants in this Issue may be on a proportionate basis. In case of discrepancy in the data entered in the electronic book vis-à-vis the data contained in the physical or the electronic Application Form, for a particular Applicant, the details as per the file received from BSE SME may be taken as the final data for the purpose of Allotment. In case of discrepancy in the data entered Page 61 of 335

63 in the electronic book vis-à-vis the data contained in the physical or electronic Application Form, for a particular ASBA Applicant, the Registrar to the Issue shall ask the relevant SCSB or the member of the Syndicate for rectified data. Underwriters Our Company and the BRLM to the Issue hereby confirm that the Issue is 100% Underwritten. The underwriting agreement is dated [ ], and pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement; obligations of the underwriter are subject to certain conditions specified therein. The underwriters have indicated their intention to underwrite the following number of Equity Shares being offered through this Issue. Name and Address of the Underwriter [ ] [ ] Tel No: [ ] Fax No: [ ] Contact Person: [ ] [ ] Website: [ ] SEBI Registration Number: [ ] Indicative Number of Equity Shares Underwritten* Amount Underwritten ( vin Lakhs) % of the Net Issue size Underwritten [ ] [ ] 100% Total [ ] [ ] 100% *Includes [ ] Equity Shares of the Market Maker Reservation Portion which are to be subscribed by the Market Maker on its own account in order to comply with the requirements of Regulation 261 of SEBI ICDR Regulation In the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company, the resources of the above-mentioned underwriters are sufficient to enable them to discharge their respective underwriting obligations in full. Change in the Auditor during last 3 year There are no changes in the Auditor during last three (3) years as on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus Withdrawal of the Issue Our Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager, reserves the right not to proceed with the Issue at any time after the Issue Opening Date but before the Board meeting for Allotment. In such an event, our Company would issue a public notice in the newspapers, in which the pre-issue advertisements were published, within two (2) days of the Issue Closing Date or such other time as may be prescribed by SEBI, providing reasons for not proceeding with the Issue. The Book Running Lead Manager, through the Registrar to the Issue, shall notify the SCSBs to unblock the bank accounts of the ASBA Applicants within one (1) day of receipt of such notification. Our Company shall also promptly inform BSE SME on which the Equity Shares were proposed to be listed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Issue is also subject to obtaining the final listing and trading approvals from BSE SME, which our Company shall apply for after Allotment. If our Company withdraws the Issue after the Issue Closing Date and thereafter determines that it will proceed with an IPO, our Company shall be required to file a fresh Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Page 62 of 335

64 Market Maker Our Company, the Book Running Lead Manager have entered into an agreement dated [ ], with the following Market Maker, duly registered with BSE SME to fulfill the obligations of market making: - [ ] Tel No: [ ] [ ] Website: [ ] Contact Person: [ ] SEBI Registration Number: [ ] Market Maker Registration No. (SME Segment of BSE): [ ] [ ] is registered with BSE SME as a Market Maker and has agreed to receive or deliver the Equity Shares in the market making process for a period of three (3) years from the date of listing of our Equity Shares or for a period as may be notified by any amendment to SEBI ICDR Regulations The Market Maker shall fulfill the applicable obligations and conditions as specified in SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018, as amended from time to time and the circulars issued by BSE SME and SEBI in this matter from time to time. Following is a summary of the key details pertaining to the market making arrangement: 1. The Market Maker(s) (individually or jointly) shall be required to provide a 2-way quote for 75% of the time in a day. The same shall be monitored by the Stock Exchange. The spread (difference between the sell and the buy quote) shall not be more than 10% or as specified by the Stock Exchange from time to time and the same shall be updated in the Prospectus. Further, the Market Maker(s) shall inform BSE SME in advance for each and every black out period when the quotes are not being offered by the Market Maker(s). 2. The prices quoted by Market Maker shall be in compliance with the Market Maker Spread Requirements and other particulars as specified or as per the requirements of the Stock Exchange and SEBI from time to time. 3. The minimum depth of the quote shall be 1,00,000/-. However, the investors with holdings of value less than 1,00,000/- shall be allowed to offer their holding to the Market Maker(s) (individually or jointly) in that scrip provided that he sells his entire holding in that scrip in one lot along with a declaration to the effect to the selling broker. Based on the IPO price of Rs. [ ] the minimum lot size is [ ] Equity Shares thus minimum depth of the quote shall be Rs. [ ] until the same, would be revised by BSE SME. 4. After a period of three (3) months from the market making period, the Market Maker would be exempted to provide quote if the Equity Shares of Market Maker in our Company reaches to 25% of Issue Size (including the [ ] Equity Shares out to be allotted under this Issue). Any Equity Shares allotted to Market Maker under this Issue over and above 25% would not be taken in to consideration of computing the threshold of 25% of Issue Size. As soon as the Equity Shares of Market Maker in our Company reduce to 24% of Issue Size, the Market Maker will resume providing 2-way quotes. 5. There shall be no exemption / threshold on downside. However, in the event the Market Maker exhausts his inventory through market making process, BSE Limited may intimate the same to SEBI after due verification. 6. Execution of the order at the quoted price and quantity must be guaranteed by the Market Maker(s), for the quotes given by him. 7. There would not be more than five Market Makers for the Company s Equity Shares at any point of time and the Market Makers may compete with other Market Makers for better quotes to the investors. At this stage, [ ] is acting as the sole Market Maker. Page 63 of 335

65 8. On the first day of the listing, there will be pre-opening session (call auction) and there after the trading will happen as per the equity market hours. The circuits will apply from the first day of the listing on the discovered price during the pre-open call caution. The securities of the company will be placed in SPOS and would remain in Trade for Trade settlement for 10 days from the date of listing of Equity Shares on the Stock Exchange. 9. The Equity Shares of the Company will be traded in continuous trading session from the time and day the company gets listed on SME Platform of BSE Limited and market maker will remain present as per the guidelines mentioned under SME Platform of BSE Limited and SEBI circulars. 10. Price Band and Spreads: SEBI Circular bearing reference no. CIR/MRD/DP/ 02/2012 dated January 20, 2012, has laid down that for issue size up to 25,000 lakhs, the applicable price bands for the first day shall be: a) In case equilibrium price is discovered in the Call Auction, the price band in the normal trading session shall be 5% of the equilibrium price. b) In case equilibrium price is not discovered in the Call Auction, the price band in the normal trading session shall be 5% of the issue price. Additionally, the trading shall take place in TFT segment for first 10 days from commencement of trading. The following spread will be applicable on the SME Platform of Bombay Stock Exchange of India Limited: Sr No Market Price Slab [in Rs.] Proposed Spread [in % to Sale Price] 1 Up to to to Above There will be special circumstances under which the Market Maker may be allowed to withdraw temporarily/ fully from the market for instance due to system problems, any other problems. All controllable reasons require prior approval from the BSE SME, while force-majeure will be applicable for non-controllable reasons. The decision of the Exchange for deciding controllable and noncontrollable reasons would be final. 12. The Market Maker shall have the right to terminate said arrangement by giving one-month notice or on mutually acceptable terms to the Book Running Lead Manager, who shall then be responsible to appoint a replacement Market Maker(s). In case of termination of the above-mentioned Market Making agreement prior to the completion of the compulsory Market Making period, it shall be the responsibility of the Book Running Lead Manager to arrange for another Market Maker(s) in replacement during the term of the notice period being served by the Market Maker but prior to the date of releasing the existing Market Maker from its duties in order to ensure compliance with the requirements of regulation 261 of the SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018 Further the Company and the Book Running Lead Manager reserve the right to appoint other Market Maker(s) either as a replacement of the current Market Maker or as an additional Market Maker subject to the total number of Designated Market Makers does not exceed 5 (five) or as specified by the relevant laws and regulations applicable at that particulars point of time. 13. BSE SME will have all margins which are applicable on the BSE Main Board viz., Mark-to-Market, Value- At-Risk (VAR) Margin, Extreme Loss Margin, Special Margins and Base Minimum Capital etc. BSE can impose any other margins as deemed necessary from time-to time. 14. BSE Limited will monitor the obligations on a real-time basis and punitive action will be initiated for any exceptions and / or non-compliances. Penalties / fines may be imposed by the BSE SME on the Market Maker, in case he is not able to provide the desired liquidity in a particular security as per the specified guidelines. These penalties / fines will be set by the BSE SME from time to time. The BSE SME will impose a penalty on the Market Maker in case he is not present in the market (offering two-way Page 64 of 335

66 quotes) for at least 75% of the time. The nature of the penalty will be monetary as well as suspension in market making activities / trading membership. The Department of Surveillance and Supervision of the BSE would decide and publish the penalties / fines / suspension for any type of misconduct / manipulation / other irregularities by the Market Maker from time to time. 15. Pursuant to SEBI circular no. CIR/MRD/DSA/31/2012 dated November 27, 2012, limits on the upper side for market makers during market making process has been made applicable, based on the issue size and as follows: Issue size Buy quote exemption threshold (including mandatory initial inventory of 5% of the Issue Size) Re-Entry threshold for buy quote (including mandatory initial inventory of 5% of the Issue Size) Up to 2,000 Lakhs 25% 24% 2,000 Lakhs to 20% 19% 5,000 Lakhs 5,000 Lakhs to 15% 14% 8,000 Lakhs Above 8,000 Lakhs 12% 11% 16. All the above-mentioned conditions and systems regarding the Market Making Arrangement are subject to change based on changes or additional regulations and guidelines from SEBI and BSE from time to time. Page 65 of 335

67 CAPITAL STRUCTURE The Equity Share capital of our Company, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and after giving effect to the Issue is set forth below: Amount (Rs in Lacs except share data) Sr. No. Particulars Aggregate nominal value A. AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL 2,20,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each 2, B. ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP SHARE CAPITAL BEFORE THE ISSUE 1,33,11,045 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each 1, C. PRESENT ISSUE IN TERMS OF THIS DRAFT RED HERRING PROSPECTUS* Issue up to 70,00,000 Equity Shares of face value Rs.10 each at a price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share* Consisting of: Reservation for Market Maker [ ] Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each reserved as Market Maker portion at a price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share [ ] [ ] Aggregate value at Issue Price Net Issue to the Public [ ] Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10 each at a price of Rs. [ ]/- per Equity Share [ ] [ ] Of the Net Issue to the Public [ ] [ ] Allocation to Retail Individual Investors- [ ] Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each at a price of Rs. [ ]/- per Equity Share shall be available for allocation for Investors applying for a value of upto Rs. 2 Lakhs Allocation to Other than Retail Individual Investors- [ ] Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each at a price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share shall be available for allocation for Investors applying for a value above Rs. 2 Lakhs ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID-UP SHARE CAPITAL AFTER THE ISSUE [ ] [ ] [ ] Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10 each^ [ ] Securities Premium Account Before the Issue After the Issue [ ] *The Issue has been authorized by the Board of Directors vide a resolution passed at its meeting held on December 31, 2018 and by the shareholders of our Company vide a special resolution passed pursuant to section 62(1) (c) of the Companies Act, 2013 at the Annual General Meeting held on February 07, 2019 ^Subject to finalisation of Basis of Allotment #to be finalized upon determination of Issue Price [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] Page 66 of 335

68 1. Details of changes in Authorized Share Capital: Since the Incorporation of our Company, the authorized share capital of our Company has been altered in the manner set forth below: Sr. Date of AGM Changes in authorized Capital No. Change / EGM The authorized capital of our company on incorporation comprised of Rs. 1. On Incorporation January 04, 2010 June 03, 2013 July 25, 2015 Decembe r 26, 2015 May 05, 2018 EGM EGM EGM EGM EGM 5,00,000/- consisting of 50,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10 each. The authorized share capital of Rs. 5,00,000/- consisting of 50,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each was increased to Rs.2,00,00,000/- consisting of 20,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each. The authorized share capital of Rs.2,00,00,000/-consisting of 20,00,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/-each was increased to Rs.2,50,00,000/-consisting of 25,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each. The authorized Share capital of Rs.2,50,00,000/- consisting of 25,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each was increased to Rs.5,00,00,000/- consisting of 50,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each. The authorized Share capital of Rs. 5,00,00,000/- consisting of 50,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each was increased to Rs.7,00,00,000/- consisting of 70,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each. The authorized share capital of Rs.7,00,00,000/- consisting of 70,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each was increased to Rs.22,00,00,000/- consisting of 2,20,00,000 Equity shares of Rs.10/- each. The company has one class of share capital i.e. equity shares of Face value of Rs.10/- each only. All equity shares issued are fully paid-up. Our Company has no outstanding Convertible Instruments as on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. NOTES TO THE CAPITAL STRUCTURE 1. History of Share capital of the company: Equity Share capital: The following table sets forth the history of the equity share capital of our company: Date of Allotment No. of Equity Shares allotted Face Valu e (Rs.) Issue Price (Rs.) Nature of Consider ation Reason / Nature of Allotment Cumulative No. of Equity Shares On Incorporation Subscription to 10, Cash (October 26, 2009) MoA * 10,000 March 18, ,70, Cash Further allotment 1 7,80,000 March 31, ,10, Cash Further allotment 2 8,90,000 February 28, ,99, Cash Further allotment 3 13,89,100 June 26, ,00, Other Conversion of than cash Unsecured Loan 4 23,89,100 January 13, ,00, Cash Further allotment 5 26,89,100 January 15, ,47, Other than cash Bonus Shares 6 44,37,015 June 26, ,74, Other than cash Bonus Shares 7 1,33,11,045 Page 67 of 335

69 * Initial Subscribers to Memorandum of Association subscribed 10,000 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at par on October 26, 2009, as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Pravin Kumar Agarwal Alok Kumar Agarwal Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 3333 Total 10,000 1 Further Issue of 7,70,000 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at par on March 18, 2010 as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 7,60, Pravin Kumar Agarwal 4, Alok Kumar Agarwal 2, Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 2,667 Total 7,70,000 2 Further Issue of 1,10,000 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at a Premium of Rs. 40/- per share on March 31, 2010, as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Vananchal Tradecom Private Limited Topstar Marketing Private Limited Sraboni Sales Private Limited Total 1,10,000 3 Further Issue of 4,99,100 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at par on February 28, 2012, as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Limited 4,99,100 Total 4,99,100 4 Further Issue of 10,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at par on June 26, 2013 by converting unsecured loan, as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Seashell Venture Private Limited 10,00,000 Total 10,00,000 5 Further Issue of 3,00,000 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at Premium of Rs. 80/- per share on January 13, 2016, as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Shalini Alok Kumar Agarwal 15, Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 15, Jyotsna Pravin Kumar Agarwal 20, Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Private Limited 2,00, Alok Kumar Agarwal 15, Pravin Kumar Agarwal 20, Priti Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 15,000 Total 3,00,000 Page 68 of 335

70 6 Bonus Issue of 1,747,915 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at par on January 15, 2016, as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Shalini Alok Kumar Agarwal 40, Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 40, Jyotsna Pravin Kumar Agarwal 54, Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 5,65, Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Private Limited 8,40, Alok Kumar Agarwal 40, Pravin Kumar Agarwal 54, Priti Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 40, Chandrahas Shetty 31, Vinod Rao 25, BhuddhaDev Kar 5, Pankaj Gupta 5,915 Total 17,47,915 7 Bonus Issue of 88,74,030 Equity Shares of face value of Rs. 10/- each fully paid at par on June 26, 2018, as per the details given below: Sr. No Name of Person No. of Shares allotted 1. Shalini Alok Kumar Agarwal Sudhir Kumar Agarwal Jyotsna Pravin Kumar Agarwal 2,77, Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 28,71, Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Private Limited 11,48, Alok Kumar Agarwal Pravin Kumar Agarwal 1,138, Priti Sudhir Kumar Agarwal Chandrahas Shetty 1,83, Garuda Aviation Services Pvt. Ltd 26,92, Bhuddha Dev Kar 30, Ramniranjan Bhutra 4,43, Shivkumar Singh 88,740 Total 88,74, Equity Shares issued for consideration other than cash: a) Except as set out below, our Company has not issued Equity Shares for consideration other than cash. Further, no benefits have accrued to our Company on account of allotment of Equity Shares for consideration other than cash: Page 69 of 335

71 Date of Allotme nt June 26, 2013 January 15, 2016 June 26, 2018 No. of Equity Shares allotted Face Value (Rs.) Issue Price (Rs.) 10,00, NA 17,47, NA 88,74, NA Reason / Nature of Allotment Conversion of Unsecured Allottees Seashell Ventures Pvt Ltd No. of Shares 10,00,000 Loan Bonus Shares Shalini Alok Kumar Agarwal 40,950 Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 40,950 Jyotsna Pravin Kumar Agarwal 54,600 Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 5,65,500 Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Private Limited 8,40,450 Alok Kumar Agarwal 40,950 Pravin Kumar Agarwal 54,600 Priti Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 40,950 Chandrahas Shetty 31,525 Vinod Rao 25,610 BhuddhaDev Kar 5,915 Pankaj Gupta 5,915 Bonus Shares Shalini Alok Kumar Agarwal 20 Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 20 Jyotsna Pravin Kumar Agarwal 2,77,200 Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 28,71,000 Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Private Limited 11,48,458 Alok Kumar Agarwal 20 Pravin Kumar Agarwal 1,138,750 Priti Sudhir Kumar Agarwal 20 Chandrahas Shetty 1,83,990 Garuda Aviation Services Pvt. Ltd 26,92,080 Bhuddha Dev Kar 30,030 Ramniranjan Bhutra 4,43,702 Shivkumar Singh 88,740 b) Our Company has not revalued its assets since inception and has not issued any Equity Shares (including bonus shares) by capitalizing any revaluation reserves. 4. Further, our Company has not allotted any Equity Shares pursuant to any scheme approved under section of the Companies Act, Our Company does not have any Employee Stock Option Scheme / Employee Stock Purchase Scheme for our employees and we do not intend to allot any shares to our employees under Employee Stock Option Scheme / Employee Stock Purchase Scheme from the proposed issue. As and when, options are granted to our employees under the Employee Stock Option Scheme, our Company shall comply with the SEBI Share Based Employee Benefits Regulations, Our Company has not issued any Equity Shares during a period of one year preceding the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus at a price lower than the Issue price. Page 70 of 335

72 7. Share Capital Build-up of our Promoter & Lock-in Our Promoter had been allotted Equity Shares from time to time. The following is the Equity Share capital build-up of our Promoters. Date of Allotment / Transfer Nature of Issue/ Allotment (Bonus, Rights etc.) Consi derat ion No. of Equity Shares Face Valu e (Rs.) Issue / Transfer Price % of total Issued Capital Pre- Post- Issue Issue Lock-in Period Mr. Praveen Agarwal October 26, Subscription to Cash 2009 MoA 3, % [ ] [ ] March 18, 2010 Further Issue Cash 4, % [ ] [ ] May 7, 2012 Sale by Transfer Cash (8,000) (0.06)% [ ] [ ] July 23, 2015 Acquisition by Cash Transfer 64, % [ ] [ ] January 13, Preferential Cash 2016 Issue 20, % [ ] [ ] January 15, Bonus Issue NA , NA 0.410% [ ] [ ] January 16, Acquisition by 2016 Transfer Cash 4,30, % [ ] [ ] June 16, 2018 Bonus Issue NA 11,38, NA 8.554% [ ] [ ] TOTAL (A) 17,08, % [ ] - M/s Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited March 18, 2010 Further Issue Cash 7,60, % [ ] [ ] May 31, 2010 Acquisition by Transfer Cash 1,10, % [ ] [ ] January 15, 2016 Bonus Issue NA 5,65, NA 4.248% [ ] [ ] June Bonus Issue NA 28,71, NA 21.56% [ ] [ ] TOTAL (B) 43,06, % [ ] - Total (A+B) 60,14, % [ ] - Note: All the Equity Shares allotted and held by our Promoters were fully paid at the time of allotment and none of the Equity Shares held by our Promoters are pledged. Page 71 of 335

73 6. Our Shareholding Pattern The table below represents the shareholding pattern of our Company as per Regulation 31 of the SEBI Listing Regulations 2015: - Summary of Shareholding Pattern as on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Category Code and Category of shareholde ri No. of sha reh old ers (A) Promoter & Promoter Group 7 (B) Public (C1) Shares underlying DRs (C2) Shares held by Employee Trust (C) Non Promoter Non Public No. of fully paid up equity shares held Total 13 1,33,11,0 45 No. of partly paidup equit y share s held Total no. of shares held II III IV V (III+IV) Sharehold ing as a % of total no. of shares (calculate d as per SCRR, 1957) As a % of (A+B+C1+ C2+C) Number of Voting Rights held in each class of securities No. of Voting Rights Total as a % of (A+B+C) No. of Shares underlying Outstandin g convertible securities (including Warrants) Shareholding, as a % of assuming full conversion of convertible securities (as a percentage of diluted share capital) VI VII VIII IX (+) No. Number of Locked in shares As a % of total shares held Number of Shares pledged or otherwise encumbered No. As a % of total shares held No. of Equity Shares held in demate rialized form X XI XII 1,21,91,2 92-1,21,91, ,21,91, ,21,91, 292 1,78,21 6 1,78,215-1,78, ,78, ,33,11, ,33,11, ,33,11, 045 Page 72 of 335

74 *As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus 1 Equity Shares holds 1 vote. **All Pre-IPO Equity Shares of our Company will be locked in as mentioned above prior to Listing of Shares on SME Platform of BSE Limited. Note: PAN of the Shareholders will be provided by our Company prior to Listing of Equity Share on the Stock Exchange. Our Company will file shareholding pattern of our Company, in the form prescribed under Regulation 31 of the SEBI Listing Regulations, one day prior to the listing of the Equity Shares. The Shareholding pattern will be uploaded on the website of BSE before commencement of trading of such equity shares. In terms of SEBI circular bearing no. CIR/ISD/3/2011 dated June 17, 2011 and SEBI circular bearing no. SEBI/CIR/ISD/05/2011 dated September 30, 2011 and as on the Date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus the Equity Shares held by the Promoter / members of the Promoter Group are in dematerialization. Page 73 of 335

75 8. The Shareholding pattern before and after the Issue: Sr. No Name of share holder Pre-issue No. of Equity Shares % of Preissue Capital No. Equity Shares Post Issue of % of Postissue Capital (i) Promoter 1. Yashvikram Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd 43,06, % [ ] [ ] 2. Pravin Agarwal 17,08, % [ ] [ ] Sub-Total (A) 60,14, % [ ] [ ] (ii) Promoter Group 3. Jyotsna Pravin Kumar Agarwal 4,15, % [ ] [ ] 4. Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Pvt. Ltd 17,22, % [ ] [ ] 5. Garuda Aviation Services Pvt. Ltd 40,38, % [ ] [ ] 6. Alok Agarwal % [ ] [ ] 7. Sudhir Agarwal % [ ] [ ] Sub Total (B) 71,18, % [ ] [ ] (iii) Public 8. Shalini Agarwal % [ ] [ ] 9. Priti Agarwal % [ ] [ ] 10. Buddhadev Kar 45, % [ ] [ ] 11. Shivkumar Singh 1,33, % [ ] [ ] 12. Ramniranjan Bhutra 6,65, % [ ] [ ] 13. Chandrahas Shetty 2,75, % [ ] [ ] Sub Total (C) 1,78, % [ ] [ ] TOTAL (A+B+C+D) 1,33,11, [ ] [ ] Other than the following, none of our Key Management Personnel hold Equity Shares in our Company as on the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Sr. No. Name of shareholder No. of Shares % of Shares Capital 1. Pravin Agarwal 17,08, % 2. Shivkumar Singh 1,33, % TOTAL 18,41, % 9. Details of Major Shareholders i. List of Shareholders holding 1.00% or more of the Paid-up Capital of the Company as on date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Sr. No. Name of shareholder No. of Shares % of Shares Capital 1. Pravin Agarwal 17,08, % 2. Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited 43,06, % 3. Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Private Limited 17,22, % 4. Jyotsna Agarwal 4,15, % 5. Chandrahas Shetty 2,75, % 6. Garuda Aviation Services Private Limited 40,38, % 7. Ramniranjan Bhutra 6,65, % 8. Shivkumar Singh 1,33, % TOTAL 1,32,65, ii. List of Shareholder holding 1.00% or more of the paid-up capital of the company ten days prior to the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Sr. No. Name of shareholder No. of Shares % of Shares Capital 1. Pravin Agarwal 17,08, %

76 Sr. No. Name of shareholder No. of Shares % of Shares Capital 2. Yashvikram Infrastructure Pvt Ltd 43,06, % 3. Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Pvt. Ltd 17,22, % 4. Jyotsna Agarwal 4,15, % 5. Chandrahas Shetty 2,75, % 6. Garuda Aviation Services Pvt. Ltd 40,38, % 7. Ram Niranjan Bhutra 6,65, % 8. Shivkumar Singh 1,33, % TOTAL 132,65, iii. List of Shareholder holding 1.00% or more of the paid-up capital of the company one year prior to the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Sr. No. Name of shareholder No. of Shares % of Shares Capital 1. Pravin Agarwal 5,69, Yashvikram Infrastructure Pvt Ltd 14,35, Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Pvt. Ltd 21,86, Jyotsna Agarwal 1,38, Chandrahas Shetty 91, TOTAL 8,84, iv. List of Shareholder holding 1.00% or more of the paid-up capital of the company two years prior to the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Sr. No. Name of shareholder No. of Shares % of Shares Capital 1. Alok Agarwal 1,03, Pravin Agarwal 1,38, Sudhir Agarwal 1,03, Yashvikram Infrastructure Pvt Ltd 14,35, Ayesspea Holdings & Investment Pvt. Ltd 21,86, Jyotsna Agarwal 1,38, Shalini Agarwal 1,03, Priti Agarwal 1,18, Chandrahas Shetty 91, TOTAL 44,22, As on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no outstanding warrants, options or rights to convert a debentures, loans or other financial instruments into our Equity Shares. 11. Our Company has not made any public issue or right issue since its incorporation. 12. There will be no further issue of capital, whether by way of issue of bonus shares, preferential allotment, rights issue or in any other manner during the period commencing from the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus until the Equity Shares have been listed. Further, our Company presently does not have any intention or proposal to alter our capital structure within a period of six months from the date of opening of this Issue, by way of split / consolidation of the denomination of Equity Shares or further issue of Equity Shares (including issue of securities convertible into exchangeable, directly or indirectly, for our Equity Shares) whether preferential or otherwise except that if we enter into acquisition(s) or joint ventures, we may consider additional capital to fund such activities or to use Equity Shares as a currency for acquisition or participation in such joint ventures. 13. As on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there are no outstanding warrants, options or rights to convert a debentures, loans or other financial instruments into our Equity Shares. 14. Our Company has not made any public issue or right issue since its incorporation. 15. There will be no further issue of capital, whether by way of issue of bonus shares, preferential allotment, rights issue or in any other manner during the period commencing from the date of the Draft Red

77 Herring Prospectus until the Equity Shares have been listed. Further, our Company presently does not have any intention or proposal to alter our capital structure within a period of six months from the date of opening of this Issue, by way of split / consolidation of the denomination of Equity Shares or further issue of Equity Shares (including issue of securities convertible into exchangeable, directly or indirectly, for our Equity Shares) whether preferential or otherwise except that if we enter into acquisition(s) or joint ventures, we may consider additional capital to fund such activities or to use Equity Shares as a currency for acquisition or participation in such joint ventures. 16. Except as stated below none of our Promoters, Promoters Group, Directors and their relatives have purchased or sold the equity share of our company during the past six months immediately preceding the date of filing Draft Red Herring Prospectus; Date of Allotment June 26, 2018 Nature of Transaction Bonus issue Name of Allottee No of Shares Shalini Agarwal 20 Sudhir Agarwal 20 Jyotsna Agarwal 2,77,200 Yashvikram Infrastructure 28,71,000 Private Limited Ayesspea Holdings & 11,48,458 Investment Private Limited Alok Agarwal 20 Pravin Agarwal 1,138,750 Priti Agarwal 20 Chandrahas Shetty 1,83,990 Garuda Aviation Services Pvt. 26,92,080 Ltd Bhuddha Dev Kar 30,030 Ramniranjan Bhutra 4,43,702 Shivkumar Singh 88,740 Consideration NA Issue Price 17. The members of the Promoter Group, our Directors or the relatives of our Directors have not financed the purchase by any other person of securities of our Company, other than in the normal course of the business of the financing entity, during the six months preceding the date of filing of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 18. Lock in of Promoters: a) As per clause (a) Regulation 238 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations and in terms of the aforesaid table, an aggregate of [ ]% of the post-issue Equity Share Capital of our Company i.e. [ ] equity shares shall be locked in by our Promoter for three years. The lock-in shall commence from the date of allotment in the proposed public issue and the last date of lock-in shall be reckoned as three years from the date of commencement of commercial production or the date of allotment in the public issue whichever is later. ( Minimum Promoters contribution ). The Promoters contribution has been brought in to the extent of not less than the specified minimum amount and has been contributed by the persons defined as Promoter under the SEBI ICDR Regulations. Our Company has obtained written consents from our Promoters for the lock-in of [ ] Equity Shares for three years. The Equity Shares that are being locked in are not ineligible for minimum promoters contribution in terms of Regulation 237 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, In connection, we confirm the following. The equity shares offered for minimum 20% promoters contribution have not been acquired in the preceding three years before the date of Draft Red Herring Prospectus for consideration other than cash and revaluation of assets or capitalisation of intangible assets is involved in such transaction nor resulted from a bonus issue by utilisation of revaluation reserves or unrealised NA

78 profits of the issuer or from bonus issue against equity shares which are ineligible for minimum promoters contribution; The minimum promoters Contribution does not include Equity Shares acquired by our Promoters during the preceding one (1) year, at a price lower than the price at which Equity Shares are being offered to the public in the Issue; The minimum promoters Contribution does not include Equity shares pledged with any creditor. b) Equity Shares of Promoter locked-in for one year In addition to [ ]% of the post-issue shareholding of our Company shall be locked-in for three years as the minimum Promoters contribution, the balance Pre-Issue Paid-up Equity Share Capital i.e. [ ] Equity Shares, would be locked-in for a period of one year from the date of Allotment in the proposed Initial Public Offering as provided in clause (b) of Regulations 238 of SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, Lock-in of securities held by persons other than the promoters: In terms of Regulation 239 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, 2018, the entire pre-issue capital held by the Persons other than the Promoters shall be locked in for a period of one year from the date of allotment in the Initial Public Offer. Accordingly, shares held by the Persons other than the Promoters shall be locked in for a period of one year from the date of allotment in the Initial Public Offer. 20. Transferability of Lock-in securities: In terms of Regulation 243 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations,2018, the Equity Shares held by our Promoters which are locked in as per the provisions of Regulation 238 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations,2018, may be transferred to another Promoters or any person of the promoter group or a new promoter or a person in control of the issuer company, subject to continuation of lock-in in the hands of transferees for the remaining period and compliance of SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 as applicable. In terms of Regulation 243 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations,2018, the Equity Shares held by persons other than the Promoters prior to the Issue may be transferred to any other person holding the Equity Shares which are locked-in as per Regulation 239 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations,2018 subject to continuation of the lock-in in the hands of the transferees for the remaining period and compliance with the SEBI (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011 as applicable. 21. Other requirements in respect of lock-in In terms of Regulation 242 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, 2018 the locked-in Equity Shares held by our Promoter can be pledged only with any scheduled commercial banks or public financial institutions as collateral security for loans granted by such banks or financial institutions, subject to the following: If the specified securities are locked-in in terms of clause (a) of Regulation 238 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations,2018, the loan has been granted by such bank or institution for the purpose of financing one or more of the objects of the issue and the pledge of specified securities is one of the terms of sanction of the loan; If the specified securities are locked-in in terms of clause (b) of Regulation 238 of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, 2018, and the pledge of specified securities is one of the terms of sanction of the loan. 22. Inscription or recording of non-transferability In terms of regulations 241 of the SEBI(ICDR) Regulations, 2018, our Company confirms the securities issued in dematerialized form then the lock-in is recorded by the depository. 23. Our Company, our Directors and the Book Running Lead Manager to this Issue have not entered into any buy-back, standby or similar arrangements with any person for purchase of our Equity Shares issued by our Company. 24. All the Equity Shares of our Company are fully paid up equity shares as on the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Further, since the entire money in respect of the Issue is being called on

79 application, all the successful applicants will be issued fully paid-up equity shares. 25. Neither the Book Running Lead Manager, nor their associates hold any Equity Shares of our Company as on the date of the Draft Red Herring Prospectus. 26. Our Company does not have any Employee Stock Option Scheme / Employee Stock Purchase Scheme for our employees and we do not intend to allot any shares to our employees under Employee Stock Option Scheme / Employee Stock Purchase Scheme from the proposed issue. As and when, options are granted to our employees under the Employee Stock Option Scheme, our Company shall comply with the SEBI Share Based Employee Benefits Regulations, Under subscription, if any, in any of the categories, would be allowed to be met with spill-over from any of the other categories or a combination of categories at the discretion of our Company in consultation with the BRLM and Designated Stock Exchange. Such inter-se spill over, if any, would be affected in accordance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines 28. As per RBI regulations, OCBs are not allowed to participate in this Issue. 29. Our Company has not raised any bridge loan against the proceeds of this Issue. However, depending on business requirements, we might consider raising bridge financing facilities, pending receipt of the Net Proceeds. 30. Our Company undertakes that at any given time, there shall be only one denomination for our Equity Shares, unless otherwise permitted by law. 31. An Applicant cannot make an application for more than the number of Equity Shares being issued through this Issue, subject to the maximum limit of investment prescribed under relevant laws applicable to each category of investors. 32. No payment, direct or indirect in the nature of discount, commission, allowance or otherwise shall be made either by us or our Promoters to the persons who receive allotments, if any, in this Issue. 33. Our Promoter and the members of our Promoter Group will not participate in this Issue. 34. Our Company shall ensure that transactions in the Equity Shares by the Promoter and the Promoter Group between the date of registering Prospectus with the Registrar of Companies and the Issue Closing Date shall be reported to the Stock Exchanges within twenty-four hours of such transaction. 35. As on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company have 13 Shareholders.

80 SECTION IV PARTICULARS OF THE ISSUE OBJECTS OF THE ISSUE The Issue comprises of fresh issue of up to 70,00,000 Equity Shares by our Company aggregating up to Rs. [ ] Lakhs ( Fresh Issue ) Our Company proposes to utilize the Net Proceeds from the issue towards the following objects: 1. Long term working capital requirements 2. Purchase of machinery / equipment 3. General corporate purposes (collectively referred to as Objects ) In addition, our Company expects to receive the benefits of listing of the Equity Shares on the Stock Exchange, enhancement of our Company s brand name and creation of a public market for our Equity Shares in India. The main objects clause and the objects ancillary to the main objects clause as set out in the Memorandum of Association enables our Company to undertake its existing activities and the activities for which funds are being raised by our Company through the Fresh Issue. NET PROCEEDS The details of the proceeds of the issue are summarized in the table below: Gross Proceeds from the Issue * Less: Issue related expenses * Net Proceeds from the Issue * Particulars * to be finalized upon determination of the issue price Requirement of funds and utilization of Net Proceeds (Rs in lakhs) Estimated Amount [ ] [ ] [ ] (Rs in lakhs) Sr No Particulars Estimated Amount 1. Long term working capital requirements * [ ] 2. Purchase of machinery / equipment General corporate purposes ** [ ] Total [ ] % of net proceeds column removed * to be finalized upon determination of the issue price ** the amount utilized for general corporate purposes shall not exceed 25% of the gross proceeds of the issue We may have to revise our expenditure and fund requirements as a result of variations in cost estimates on account of variety of factors such as changes in our financial condition, business or strategy as well as external factors which may not be in our control and may entail rescheduling and revising the planned expenditure and funding requirement and increasing or decreasing the expenditure for a particular purpose from the planned expenditure at the discretion of our management. In case of any surplus after utilization of the Net Proceeds for the stated objects, we may use such surplus towards general corporate purposes. To the extent our Company is unable to utilize any portion of the Net Proceeds towards the aforementioned objects of the Issue, as per the estimated schedule of deployment specified above, our Company shall deploy the Net Proceeds in subsequent financial years towards the aforementioned objects. In case of variations in the actual utilization of funds earmarked for the purposes set forth above, increased fund requirements for a particular purpose may be financed by surplus funds, if any, available in respect of

81 the other purposes for which funds are being raised in this Issue. If surplus funds are unavailable, the required financing will be done through internal accruals through cash flows from our operations and debt. In case of a shortfall in raising requisite capital from the Net Proceeds towards meeting the objects of the Issue, we may explore a range of options including utilizing our internal accruals and seeking additional debt from existing and future lenders. We believe that such alternate arrangements would be available to fund any such shortfalls. The above estimates are based on current conditions and are subject to revisions in light of changes in external circumstances or costs, or our financial condition, business or strategy. For further details of factors that may affect these estimates, see section titled Risk Factors on page 25 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Further, we do not intend to utilize the Net Proceeds to procure any second-hand plant and machinery. The Promoter or the Directors or the members of the Promoter Group do not have any interest in the proposed procurement of any plant and machinery or miscellaneous fixed assets or any of the entities from whom we have obtained quotations. Schedule of implementation and Deployment of Net Proceeds We propose to deploy the Net Proceeds for the aforesaid purposes in accordance with the estimated schedule of implementation and deployment of funds set forth in the table below: Particulars Total Estimated Cost Amount to be funded from the Net Proceeds Amount already deployed (Rs in lakhs) Amount to be deployed in Financial Year 2020 (3) Long term working capital requirements [ ] [ ] - [ ] Purchase of machinery / equipment [ ] General corporate purposes (2) [ ] [ ] - [ ] Total Net Proceeds from the Issue - [ ] (1) As certified by M/s Mittal Agarwal & Co., Chartered Accountants, pursuant to their certificate having UDIN AAAAAF6075 dated March 01, 2019, the Company has not deployed any amount towards issue proceeds. (2) The amount utilized for general corporate purposes shall not exceed 25% of the gross proceeds of the issue (3) As indicated above, our Company proposes to deploy the entire Net Proceeds towards the objects as described in the Financial Year In the event that the estimated utilization of the Net Proceeds in a Financial Year 2020 is not completely met, the same shall be utilized, in part or full, in the next Financial Year or a subsequent period towards the Objects. Means of Finance In the event of a shortfall in raising the requisite capital from the Net Proceeds, towards meeting the objects of the Issue, the extent of the shortfall will be met by internal accruals or debt. In case of any surplus of monies received in relation to the Fresh Issue, we may use such surplus towards general corporate purposes. We confirm that there is no requirement to make firm arrangements of finance under Regulation 230(1)(e) of the SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018 and Clause 9(C) of Part A of Schedule VI of the SEBI ICDR Regulations 2018 through verifiable means towards at least seventy five percent of the stated means of finance, excluding the amounts to be raised through the issue.

82 DETAILS OF THE OBJECTS OF THE ISSUE 1. Meeting long term working capital requirements Our business is working capital intensive. As on 31 st March, 2018, our company s net working capital requirement was Rs 1, Lakhs as against Rs lakhs as on 31 st March, The net working capital requirement for current financial year is estimated to be Rs [ ] lakhs and the incremental working capital requirement of Rs [ ] lakhs will be met through the public issue. As on the date of this draft red herring prospectus we meet our working capital requirements of business through internal accruals and financing from banks & unsecured loans. Basis of estimation of working capital requirement and estimated working capital requirement: Particulars FY FY FY (estimated) FY (estimated) Current Assets Inventories , [ ] [ ] Trade Receivables 1, , [ ] [ ] Cash and Bank Balances [ ] [ ] Short term Loans and Advances [ ] [ ] Total Current Assets (A) 1, , [ ] [ ] Current Liabilities Trade Payables , [ ] [ ] Other Liabilities , [ ] [ ] Short Term Liabilities [ ] [ ] Total Current Liabilities (B) 1, , [ ] [ ] Net working capital requirements (A B) , [ ] [ ] Sources of funds Working Capital from Bank [ ] [ ] Internal Accruals - - [ ] [ ] Balance by Equity [ ] [ ] Total Funding [ ] [ ] Additional funding through IPO Proceeds [ ] Key assumptions for working capital requirements Particulars No of days outstanding or holding level as on Justification FY FY FY (assumptions of current year) Inventory [ ] [ ] Trade Receivables [ ] [ ] Trade Payables [ ] [ ] 2. Purchase of machinery / equipment We propose to utilize Rs lakhs towards purchase of machinery / equipment. We are yet to place orders for machineries. We have received a quotation from various vendors for the estimated cost of approximately Rs lakhs, the summary of which is as follows

83 Sr. No. Description of Machinery No. of Quantities Price Per Machine USD to INR conversion rate Total Amount (Rs in Lakhs) Quotation received from China Electronics ZheJiang Company Date of quotation 20 Feb 2019 Reference no Invoice No 18A77659, Sales Contract No EVPI A Expected date of supply upon placing of order Description CAS 200 Compact Array Spectrometer M Integrating Sphere , WY305 Digital CC&CV DC Power Supply 600 KW , PF9811 Digital Power Meter 600 KW , EMS H Surge Generator , Quotation received from China Electronics ZheJiang Company on behalf of manufacturer Juki Automation System Corporation Japan Date of quotation 18 Feb 2019 Reference no Invoice No 18A77654, Sales Contract No EVPI A Expected date of supply upon placing of order Description Long Board SMT Placement Machine JX 350 with PCB Size 1200 MM X 360 MM Long Board SMT Placement Machine JX 350 (1) , Quotation received from ETA Holdings Company Limited Date of quotation 20 Feb 2019 Reference no JIN/SMT/WEST/2118 Expected date of supply 4 to 6 weeks after receipt of 30% advance payment Description ETA Reflow T800T (8+2), inspection conveyors X 1 & linking conveyor X 1 6 ETA Reflow T800T (8+2), inspection conveyors X 1 & linking conveyor X 1 (2) ,98, (1) comes with following standard accessories PWB Size 120 mm X 360 mm (Max) / 50 mm x 50 mm (Min), component height: -12 mm Basic configuration placement head (6 heads) LNC60 (Laser recognition head) OCC (offset correction camera) Power supply unit emergency stop button Frame 3 colors of signal light with buzzer PWB transport unit: external shape reference, conveyor height 900 mm Operation system liquid crystal display (with touch panel) Communication port LAN port (1 port), USD Port (2 port) Antivirus software (white list type) Equipment device Feeder float sensor Mainline filter (standard equipment for JE / CH machine) Support table Vacuum pump

84 Backup pins Automatic tool changer with 15 nozzles Optional factory set Height measurement system (HMS) In / Out buffer conveyor Optional feeders CN081CR 8mm tape feeder unit FF12NS 12mm tape feeder unit Consumables Vacuum pump maintenance kit Stopper chit B Grease gun Grease gun nozzle Filter inside of nozzle shaft Conveyor Belt S Conveyor Belt C (2) comes with following standard accessories No of heating zone - 8 top / 8 bot + 2x Air cooling (std) Heating method - hot air and IR Length of heating zone mm Length of cooling zone mm Electric supply required - 3 phase, 380V 50/60 Hz Control system - PID + Computer Temp setting range up to 300 deg C Temp control precision +/- 1.5 deg c power for warm up - 30 kw power for consumption - 8 kw heating element - special heating element for long life abnormal alarm for temp (extra high / extra low) mesh belt + chain Max width PCB mm Con direction - L > R (option R > L) Conv height 900 +/- 20 mm con speed range mm/min

85 Temp thermocouple slot - standard on line editing - standard UPS - std Board drop alarm - std SMEMA interface Optional computer control panel optional inbuilt stemp down transformer optional conveyor rail 1.5 mtr inspection conveyor 1.5 mtr link conveyor 3. General corporate purposes In terms of the SEBI ICDR Regulations, the extent of the Net Proceeds proposed to be used for general corporate purposes is estimated not to exceed 25.00% of the gross proceeds of the issue. Our management will have flexibility in applying Rs [ ] lakhs of the Net Proceeds towards general corporate purposes, including but not restricted to financing working capital requirements, capital expenditure, acquiring business premises, meeting exigencies, repaying long term loans etc. or any other purpose as may be approved by our Board, subject to compliance with the necessary provisions of the Companies Act. Our management in accordance with the policies of the Board, will have flexibility in utilizing any amounts for general corporate purposes under the overall guidance and policies of our Board. The quantum of utilization of funds towards any of the purposes will be determined by the Board, based on the amount actually available under this head and the business requirements of our Company from time to time. ISSUE RELATED EXPENSES The total expenses of the issue are estimated to be approximately [ ] lakhs. The break-up of estimated issue expenses are as follows: Sr. No. Activity Estimated Expenses (Rs. In lakhs) As a % of estimated issue related expenses As a % of issue size 1 Lead manager(s) fees including underwriting commission [ ] [ ] [ ] 2 Brokerage, selling commission and upload fees [ ] [ ] [ ] 3 Registrars to the issue [ ] [ ] [ ] 4 Legal Advisors [ ] [ ] [ ] 5 Advertising and marketing expenses [ ] [ ] [ ] 6 Regulators including stock exchanges [ ] [ ] [ ] 7 Printing and distribution of issue stationary [ ] [ ] [ ] 8 Others, if any (market making, depositories etc.) [ ] [ ] [ ] Total estimated issue related expenses [ ] [ ] [ ] * will be incorporated after finalization of the issue price in Prospectus Notes: 1. The fund deployed out of internal accruals up to March 01, 2019 is Rs lakhs towards Issue Expenses vide certificate having UDIN AAAAAD2839 dated March 01, 2019 received from M/s. Mittal Agarwal & Co., Chartered Accountants and the same will be recouped out of issue expenses.

86 2. SCSBs will be entitled to a processing fee of Rs [ ] per application form for processing of the Application Forms procured by other Application Collecting Intermediary and submitted to them on successful allotment. 3. Selling commission payable to Syndicate Members, Registered Broker, SCSBs, RTAs, CDPs on the portion directly procured from Retail Individual Applicants and Non-Institutional Applicants, would be Rs [ ] on the Applications wherein shares are allotted. 4. The commissions and processing fees shall be payable within 30 working days post the date of receipt of final invoices of the respective intermediaries. 5. Amount Allotted is the product of the number of Equity Shares Allotted and the Issue Price INTERIM USE OF NET PROCEEDS Our Company in accordance with the policies established by the Board from time to time, will have flexibility to deploy the Net Proceeds. The Net Proceeds pending utilization for the purposes described above, in accordance with the SEBI ICDR Regulations, our Company shall deposit the funds only in one or more Scheduled Commercial Banks included in the Second Schedule of Reserve Bank of India Act, Our Company confirms that it shall not use the Net Proceeds for buying, trading or otherwise dealing in shares of any other listed company or for any investment in the equity markets. BRIDGE FINANCING FACILITIES Our Company has not raised any bridge loans from any bank or financial institution as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus which are proposed to be repaid from the Net Proceeds. APPRAISAL REPORT The above fund requirements for which the issue proceeds will be utilized are based on internal management estimates and are based on quotations received from vendors and suppliers and have not been financially appraised by lead manager, any financial institutions or banks, and which is subject to change in future. MONITORING UTILIZATION OF FUNDS As this is a Fresh Issue for less than Rs 10,000 lakhs, we are not required to appoint a monitoring agency for the purpose of the Issue in terms of the SEBI ICDR Regulations. Our Board and Audit committee shall monitor the utilization of the net proceeds of the Issue. Our Company will disclose the utilization of the Net Proceeds under a separate head in our balance sheet along with the relevant details, for all such amounts that have not been utilized. Our Company will indicate investments, if any, of unutilized Net Proceeds in the balance sheet of our Company for the relevant financial years subsequent to the completion of the Issue. Pursuant to SEBI Listing Regulations, our Company shall disclose to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors the uses and applications of the Net Proceeds. Our Company shall prepare a statement of funds utilized for purposes other than those stated in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and place it before the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, as required under applicable law. Such disclosure shall be made only until such time that all the Net Proceeds have been utilized in full. The statement shall be certified by the statutory auditor of our Company. Furthermore, in accordance with the Regulation 32 of the SEBI Listing Regulations, our Company shall furnish to the Stock Exchange on a quarterly basis, a statement indicating (i) deviations, if any, in the utilization of the proceeds of the Issue from the Objects; and (ii) details of category wise variations in the utilization of the proceeds from the Issue from the Objects. This information will also be published in newspapers simultaneously with the interim or annual financial results, after placing the same before the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. VARIATION IN OBJECTS In accordance with Sections 13(8) and 27 of the Companies Act and applicable rules, our Company shall not vary the Objects without our Company being authorized to do so by the Shareholders by way of a special

87 resolution through a postal ballot. In addition, the notice issued to the Shareholders in relation to the passing of such special resolution (the Postal Ballot Notice ) shall specify the prescribed details as required under the Companies Act and applicable rules. The Postal Ballot Notice shall simultaneously be published in the newspapers, one in English and one in the vernacular language of the jurisdiction where our Registered Office is situated. Our Promoters or controlling Shareholders will be required to provide an exit opportunity to such shareholders who do not agree to the above stated proposal, at a price as may be prescribed by SEBI, in this regard. None of our suppliers / service providers for utilization of Issue proceeds for various Objects of the Issue are associated in any manner with our Company or any other related party directly or indirectly. OTHER CONFIRMATION No part of the Net Proceeds of the Issue will be utilized by our Company as consideration to our Promoters, members of the Promoter Group, Directors, Group Companies or Key Managerial Personnel. Our Company has not entered into or is not planning to enter into any arrangement / agreements with Promoters, Directors, key management personnel, associates or Group Companies in relation to the utilization of the Net Proceeds of the Issue. No part of the proceeds of the Issue will be paid by us to the Promoters and Promoter Group, the Directors, Associates, Key Management Personnel or Group Companies except in the normal course of business and in compliance with the applicable law.

88 BASIS FOR ISSUE PRICE The Issue Price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share has been determined by the Company in consultation with the Book Running Lead Manager on the basis of an assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares through the Book Building Process and on the basis of the following qualitative and quantitative factors. The face value of the Equity Shares of our Company is Rs. 10/- each and the Issue Price is [ ] times of the face value at the lower end of the Price Band and [ ] times the face value at the higher end of the Price Band. QUALITATIVE FACTORS Some of the qualitative factors, which form the basis for computation of Issue Price, are: Experienced Management and Operational Team Wide array of Quality Products and Services Focus on quality and innovation Existing relationship with the clients Well established central manufacturing facilities Pursue International Growth Opportunities Having Government contracts Strengthen R&D Capabilities & Broaden the Products Portfolio For further details, refer chapter titled Business Overview beginning on page 124 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. QUANTITATIVE FACTORS The information presented below relating to the Company is based on the restated financial statements of the Company for Financial Year 2016, 2017 and 2018 prepared in accordance with Indian GAAP. Some of the quantitative factors, which form the basis for computing the price, are as follows: 1. Basic and Diluted Earnings per share (EPS) as per Accounting Standard 20: Year Ended Basic & Diluted EPS (Rs.) Basic & Diluted EPS (Rs.) Pre-Bonus Weight Post-Bonus Weight March 31, March 31, March 31, September 30, 2018* Weighted Average *Not annualized Note: 1. The earnings per share has been computed by dividing net profit as restated, attributable to equity shareholders by restated weighted average number of Equity shares outstanding during the period. Restated weighted average number of Equity shares has been computed as per AS 20. The face value of each Equity share is Rs. 10/-. 2. Weighted average number of equity shares is the number of equity shares outstanding at the beginning of the year adjusted by the number of equity shares issued during the year multiplied by the time weighting factor. The time weighting factor is the number of days for which the specific shares are outstanding as a proportion of total number of days during the year. 3. For calculating the number of shares for pre bonus we have not considered Formula used for Calculation of EPS is given below: Basic & Diluted Earnings Per Share ( ): Net Profit as restated, attributable to equity shareholders Weighted average number of Equity shares outstanding during the year

89 2. Price to Earnings (P/E) ratio in relation to Price Band of Rs. [ ] to Rs. [ ] per Equity Share of Rs. 10/- each fully paid up: Particulars P/E based on the lower end of the Price Band P/E based on the upper end of the Price Band Pre Bonus EPS Post Bonus EPS Pre Bonus EPS Post Bonus EPS P/E ratio for FY [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] P/E ratio based on Weighted average [ ] [ ] [ ] [ ] *Industry P/E Ratio Lowest NA Highest NA Average *We believe there are no listed peer group comparable companies in India which are engaged in similar line of business of manufacturing and trading of Light Emitting Diode LED Lights and LED lighting accessories. Further, there are no listed entities which are focused exclusively on the segment in which we operate. 3. Return on Net Worth (RoNW): Return on Net Worth as per Restated Financial Statements is as under: Year (%) Weight March 31, March 31, March 31, Weighted Average September 30, Note: The RoNW has been computed by dividing net profit after tax [after excluding extraordinary items (net of tax)] as restated, by Net Worth as at the end of the respective year excluding extraordinary items (net of tax) and miscellaneous expenditure to the extent not written off. Formula Used for Calculation of RONW is given below: Return on Net Worth (%): 4. Net Asset Value (NAV): Net Profit as restated after tax Net Worth as restated as at the end of the year The Net Asset Value per equity share is as under: Particulars Pre Bonus Post Bonus Net Assets Value per Equity Share as on March 31, Net Assets Value per Equity Share as on September 30, Net Asset Value per Equity Share after the offer at Floor Price [ ] NA Net Asset Value per Equity Share after the offer at Cap Price Issue Price per Equity Share [ ] [ ] Net Asset Value per Equity Share has been calculated as net worth divided by number of equity shares outstanding at the end of the period. Net worth is calculated as sum of share capital and free

90 reserves excluding miscellaneous expenses to the extent not written off. Formula Used for Calculation of RONW is given below: Net Asset Value (NAV)per Equity Share: 5. Comparison with Other Listed Companies: Net worth as restated at the end of the year Number of Equity shares as restated outstanding at the end of the year We believe that there are no listed peer group comparable companies in India which are purely engaged in the business of manufacturing and trading of Light Emitting Diode LED Lights and LED lighting accessories. Further, we believe there are no listed entities which are having comparable turnover and are focused exclusively in the segment in which we operate. The Issue Price of Rs. [ ] per Equity Share has been determined by the Company in consultation with the BRLM on the basis of an assessment of market demand for the Equity Shares through the Book Building Process and on the basis of qualitative and quantitative factors. The face value of the Equity Shares of our Company is Rs. 10/- each and the Issue Price is [ ] times of the face value at the lower end of the Price Band and [ ] times the face value at the higher end of the Price Band. For further details see section titled Risk Factors beginning on the page 25 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus and financials of the company including profitability and return ratios, as set out in the session titled Financial Statements beginning on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus for a more informed view.

91 To, The Board of Directors, Artemis Electricals Limited Mumbai, Dear Sir STATEMENT OF POSSIBLE TAX BENEFITS Sub: Statement of Possible Special Tax Benefits Available to the Company and its shareholders prepared in accordance with the requirements under Schedule VIII-Clause (VII) (L) of the SEBI (ICDR) Regulations, 2009, as amended (the "Regulations"). We hereby report that the enclosed statement provides the possible tax benefits available to the Company and the shareholders of the Company under the Income Tax Act, 1961 ("Act") (Provisions of Finance Act, 2018), presently in force in India. Several of these benefits are dependent on the Company or its shareholders fulfilling the conditions prescribed under the relevant provisions of the Statute. Hence, the ability of the Company or its shareholders to derive the tax benefits is dependent upon fulfilling such conditions, which based on the business imperatives, the Company faces in the future, the Company may or may not choose to fulfill. The benefits discussed in the enclosed statement are not exhaustive. This Statement is only intended to provide general information to the investors and is neither designed nor intended to be a substitute for professional tax advice. In view of the individual nature of the tax consequences and the changing tax laws, each investor is advised to consult his or her own tax consultant with respect to the specific tax implications arising out of their participation in the issue. We do not express any opinion or provide any assurance as to whether: i. Company or its shareholders will continue to obtain these benefits in future; or ii. The conditions prescribed for availing the benefits has been/ would be met with. The contents of the enclosed statement are based on information, explanations and representations obtained from the Company and on the basis of our understanding of the business activities and operations of the Company. No assurance is given that the revenue authorities will concur with the views expressed herein. For, M/s Mittal Agarwal & Company Chartered Accountants Firm Registration No.: W Sd/- (Piyush Agarwal) Partner Membership No.: Place: Mumbai Date: March 01, 2019

92 THE FOLLOWING KEY TAX BENEFITS ARE AVAILABLE TO ARTEMIS ELECTRICALS LIMITED AND THE SHAREHOLDERS UNDER THE CURRENT DIRECT TAX LAWS IN INDIA: A) SPECIAL TAX BENEFITS AVAILABLE TO OUR COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS I. Special Benefits available to the Company: There are no special tax benefits available to the Company. II. Special Benefits available to the Shareholders of Company: There are no special tax benefits available to the Equity B) OTHER GENERAL TAX BENEFITS TO THE COMPANY AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS The following tax benefits shall be available to the Company and its Shareholders under Direct tax law Under the Income-Tax Act, 1961 ( the Act ): I. Benefits available to the Company 1. Depreciation: As per the provisions of Section 32 of the Act, the Company is eligible to claim depreciation on tangible and specified intangible assets (held if any) as explained in the said section and the relevant Income Tax rules there under. 2. Dividend Income: Dividend income, if any, received by the Company from its investment in shares of another domestic Company will be exempt from tax under Section 10(34) read with Section 115-O of the Income Tax Act, Income from Mutual Funds / Units: As per section 10(35) of the Act, the following income shall be exempt in the hands of the Company: Income received in respect of the units of a Mutual Fund specified under clause (23D) of section 10; or Income received in respect of units from the Administrator of the specified undertaking; or Income received in respect of units from the specified company. However, this exemption does not apply to any income arising from transfer of units of the Administrator of the specified undertaking or of the specified company or of a mutual fund, as the case may be. For this purpose (i) Administrator means the Administrator as referred to in section 2(a) of the Unit Trust of India (Transfer of Undertaking and Repeal) Act, 2002 and (ii) Specified Company means a company as referred to in section 2(h) of the said Act. 4. Income from Long Term Capital Gain: As per section 10(38) of the Act, long term capital gains arising to the Company from the transfer of a long-term capital asset, being an equity share in a company or a unit of an equity oriented fund where such transaction is chargeable to securities transaction tax would not be liable to tax in the hands of the Company. For this purpose, Equity Oriented Fund means a fund a) Where the investible funds are invested by way of equity shares in domestic companies to the extent of more than sixty five percent of the total proceeds of such funds; and b) Which has been set up under a scheme of a Mutual Fund specified under section 10(23D) of the Act.

93 5. As per section 115JB, the Company will not be able to reduce the income to which the provisions of section 10(38) of the Act apply while calculating book profits under the provisions of section 115JB of the Act and will be required to pay Minimum Alternative Tax as follows- Book Profit AY Tax Surcharge Cess If book profit is less than or equal to Rs. 1 Crore 18.5% - 4% If book profit is more than 1 crore but does not exceed Rs. 10 crore 18.5% 7% 4% If book profit is more than Rs. 10 Crore 18.5% 12% 4% 6. Section 14A of the Act restricts claim for deduction of expenses incurred in relation to incomes which do not form part of the total income under the Act. Thus, any expenditure incurred to earn tax exempt income is not tax deductible. 7. As per the provisions of Section 112 of the Income Tax Act, 1961, long-term capital gains as computed above that are not exempt under Section 10(38) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 would be subject to tax at a rate of 20 percent (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess). However, as per the provision to Section 112(1), if the tax on long-term capital gains resulting on transfer of listed securities or units, calculated at the rate of 20 percent with indexation benefit exceeds the tax on long-term capital gains computed at the rate of 10 percent without indexation benefit, then such gains are chargeable to tax at a concessional rate of 10 percent (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess). 8. As per section 54EC of the Act and subject to the conditions and to the extent specified therein, long term capital gains (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act) arising on the transfer of a long-term capital asset will be exempt from capital gains tax if the capital gains are invested in a long-term specified asset within a period of 6 months after the date of such transfer. If only a part of the capital gains is invested, the exemption available shall be in the same proportion as the cost of long term specified assets bears to the whole of the capital gain. Provided, that the investment made in the long-term specified asset during any financial year does not exceed Fifty Lac rupees. Provided further that the investment made by an assessee in the long-term specified asset, from capital gains arising from transfer of one or more original assets, during the financial year in which the original asset or assets are transferred and in the subsequent financial year does not exceed fifty lacs rupees. However, if the assessee transfers or converts the long-term specified asset into money within a period of three years from the date of their acquisition, the amount of capital gains exempted earlier would become chargeable to tax as long-term capital gains in the year in which the long-term specified asset is transferred or converted into money. A long term specified asset means any bond, redeemable after three years and issued on or after the 1st day of April 2006: a) by the National Highways Authority of India constituted under section 3 of the National Highways Authority of India Act, 1988, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes of this section; or b) by the Rural Electrification Corporation Limited, a company formed and registered under the Companies Act, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes

94 of this section. 9. As per section 111A of the Act, short-term capital gains arising to the Company from the sale of equity share or a unit of an equity oriented fund transacted through a recognized stock exchange in India, where such transaction is chargeable to securities transaction tax, will be taxable at the rate of 15% (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess) 10. Preliminary Expenses: Under Section 35D of the Act, the company will be entitled to the deduction equal to 1/5th of the Preliminary expenditure of the nature specified in the said section, including expenditure incurred on present issue, such as Brokerage and other charges by way of amortization over a period of 5 successive years, subject to stipulated limits. 11. Credit for Minimum Alternate Taxes ( MAT ) : Under Section 115JAA (2A) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, tax credit shall be allowed in respect of any tax paid (MAT) under Section 115JB of the Income Tax Act, 1961 for any Assessment Year commencing on or after April 1, Credit eligible for carry forward is the difference between MAT paid and the tax computed as per the normal provisions of the Income Tax Act, Such MAT credit shall not be available for set-off beyond 10 assessment years immediately succeeding the assessment year in which the MAT credit initially arose. II. Benefits to the Resident Shareholders of the Company under the Income Tax Act, 1961: 1. As per section 10(34) of the Act, any income by way of dividends referred to in Section 115-O (i.e. dividends declared, distributed or paid on or after 1 April, 2003) received on the shares of the Company is exempt from tax in the hands of the shareholders. 2. Section 48 of the Act, which prescribes the mode of computation of capital gains, provides for deduction of cost of acquisition/improvement and expenses incurred in connection with the transfer of a capital asset, from the sale consideration to arrive at the amount of capital gains. However, in respect of long-term capital gains, it offers a benefit by permitting substitution of cost of acquisition / improvement with the indexed cost of acquisition / improvement, which adjusts the cost of acquisition / improvement by a cost inflation index as prescribed from time to time. Under Section 10(38) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, long-term capital gains arising to a shareholder on transfer of equity shares in the company would be exempt from tax where the sale transaction has been entered into on a recognized stock exchange of India and is liable to STT. However, the longterm capital gain of a shareholder being company shall be subject to income tax computation on book profit under section 115JB of the Income Tax, Section 14A of the Act restricts claim for deduction of expenses incurred in relation to incomes which do not form part of the total income under the Act. Thus, any expenditure incurred to earn tax exempt income is not tax deductible. 4. As per section 112 of the Act, if the shares of the company are listed on a recognized stock exchange, taxable long-term capital gains, if any, on sale of the shares of the Company (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act) would be charged to tax at the rate of 20% (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess) after considering indexation benefits or at 10% (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess) without indexation benefits, whichever is less. 5. As per section 54EC of the Act and subject to the conditions and to the extent specified therein, long term capital gains (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act) arising on the transfer of a long-term capital asset will be exempt from capital gains tax if the capital gains are invested in a long-term specified asset within a period of 6 months after the date of such transfer. If only a part of

95 the capital gains is invested, the exemption available shall be in the same proportion as the cost of long term specified assets bears to the whole of the capital gain. Provided that the investment made in the long-term specified asset during any financial year does not exceed Fifty Lac rupees. Provided further that the investment made by an assessee in the long-term specified asset, from capital gains arising from transfer of one or more original assets, during the financial year in which the original asset or assets are transferred and in the subsequent financial year does not exceed fifty lacs rupees. However, if the assessee transfers or converts the long-term specified asset into money within a period of three years from the date of their acquisition, the amount of capital gains exempted earlier would become chargeable to tax as long-term capital gains in the year in which the long-term specified asset is transferred or converted into money. A long term specified asset means any bond, redeemable after three years and issued on or after the 1st day of April, 2006: a) by the National Highways Authority of India constituted under section 3 of the National Highways Authority of India Act, 1988, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes of this section; or b) by the Rural Electrification Corporation Limited, a company formed and registered under the Companies Act, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes of this section. 6. Under Section 54F of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and subject to the conditions specified therein, long term capital gains (other than those exempt from tax under Section 10(38) of the Income Tax Act, 1961) arising to an Individual or a Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) on transfer of shares of the company will be exempt from capital gains tax subject to certain conditions, if the net consideration from transfer of such shares are used for purchase of residential house property within a period of 1 year before or 2 years after the date on which the transfer took place or for construction of a residential house property within a period of 3 years after the date of such transfer. 7. Under Section 111A of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961, short-term capital gains (i.e., if shares are held for a period not exceeding 12 months) arising on transfer of equity share in the company would be taxable at a rate of 15 percent (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess) where such transaction of sale is entered on a recognized stock exchange in India and is liable to STT. Short-term capital gains arising from transfer of shares in a Company, other than those covered by Section 111A of the Income Tax Act, 1961, would be subject to tax as calculated under the normal provisions of the Income Tax Act, As per section 36(1)(xv) of the Act, the securities transaction tax paid by the shareholder in respect of taxable securities transactions entered in the course of the business will be eligible for deduction from the income chargeable under the head Profits and Gains of Business or Profession if income arising from taxable securities transaction is included in such income. III. Non-Resident Indians/Non-Resident Shareholders (Other than FIIs and Foreign Venture Capital Investors) 1. Dividend income, if any, received by the Company from its investment in shares of another domestic company will be exempt from tax under Section 10(34) read with Section 115-O of the Income Tax Act, Income, if any, received on units of a Mutual Funds specified under Section 10(23D) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 will also be exempt from tax under Section 10(35) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, received on the shares of the Company is exempt from tax.

96 2. As per section 10(38) of the Act, long-term capital gains arising to the shareholders from the transfer of a long-term capital asset being an equity share in the Company, where such transaction is chargeable to securities transaction tax would not be liable to tax in the hands of the shareholder. 3. Section 14A of the Act restricts claim for deduction of expenses incurred in relation to incomes which do not form part of the total income under the Act. Thus, any expenditure incurred to earn tax exempt income is not tax deductible. 4. As per section 54EC of the Act and subject to the conditions and to the extent specified therein, long term capital gains (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act) arising on the transfer of a long-term capital asset will be exempt from capital gains tax if the capital gains are invested in a long -term specified asset within a period of 6 months after the date of such transfer. If only a part of the capital gains is invested, the exemption available shall be in the same proportion as the cost of long term specified assets bears to the whole of the capital gain. Provided that the investment made in the long-term specified asset during any financial year does not exceed Fifty Lac rupees. Provided further that the investment made by an assessee in the long-term specified asset, from capital gains arising from transfer of one or more original assets, during the financial year in which the original asset or assets are transferred and in the subsequent financial year does not exceed fifty lacs rupees. However, if the assessee transfers or converts the long-term specified asset into money within a period of three years from the date of their acquisition, the amount of capital gains exempted earlier would become chargeable to tax as long-term capital gains in the year in which the long-term specified asset is transferred or converted into money. A long term specified asset means any bond, redeemable after three years and issued on or after the 1st day of April, 2006: a) by the National Highways Authority of India constituted under section 3 of the National Highways Authority of India Act, 1988, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes of this section; or b) by the Rural Electrification Corporation Limited, a company formed and registered under the Companies Act, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes of this section. 5. Under Section 54F of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and subject to the conditions specified therein, long term capital gains (other than those exempt from tax under Section 10(38) of the Income Tax Act, 1961) arising to an individual or a Hindu Undivided Family (HUF) on transfer of shares of the Company will be exempt from capital gains tax subject to certain conditions, if the net consideration from transfer of such shares are used for purchase of residential house property within a period of 1 year before or 2 years after the date on which the transfer took place or for construction of a residential house property within a period of 3 years after the date of such transfer. 6. Under Section 111A of the Income Tax Act, 1961 and other relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961, short-term capital gains (i.e., if shares are held for a period not exceeding 12 months) arising on transfer of equity share in the Company would be taxable at a rate of 15 percent (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess) where such transaction of sale is entered on a recognized stock exchange in India and is liable to STT. Short-term capital gains arising from transfer of shares in a company, other than those covered by Section 111A of the Income Tax Act, 1961, would be subject to tax as calculated under the normal provisions of the Income Tax Act, Under section 115-C (e) of the Act, the Non-Resident Indian shareholder has an option to be governed

97 by the provisions of Chapter XIIA of the Act viz. Special Provisions Relating to Certain Incomes of Non Residents which are as follows: i. As per provisions of section 115D read with section 115E of the Act, where shares in the Company are acquired or subscribed to in convertible foreign exchange by a Non-Resident Indian, capital gains arising to the nonresident on transfer of shares held for a period exceeding 12 months, shall (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act) be concessionally taxed at the flat rate of 10% (plus applicable surcharge plus education cess plus secondary and higher education cess) (without indexation benefit but with protection against foreign exchange fluctuation). ii. As per section 115F of the Act, long-term capital gains (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act) arising to a Non-Resident Indian from the transfer of shares of the company subscribed to in convertible foreign exchange shall be exempt from income tax, if the net consideration is reinvested in specified assets within six months from the date of transfer. If only part of the net consideration is so reinvested, the exemption shall be proportionately reduced. The amount so exempted shall be chargeable to tax subsequently, if the specified assets are transferred or converted into money within three years from the date of their acquisition. iii. As per section 115G of the Act, Non-Resident Indians are not obliged to file a return of income under section 139(1) of the Act, if their only source of income is income from specified investments or long term capital gains earned on transfer of such investments or both, provided tax has been deducted at source from such income as per the provisions of Chapter XVII-B of the Act. iv. As per section 115H of the Act, where the Non-Resident Indian becomes assessable as a resident in India, he may furnish a declaration in writing to the Assessing Officer, along with his return of income for the assessment year in which he is first assessable as a Resident, under section 139 of the Act to the effect that the provisions of the Chapter XII-A shall continue to apply to him in relation to such investment income derived from the specified assets for that year and subsequent assessment years until such assets are converted into money. v. As per section 115-I of the Act, a Non-Resident Indian may elect not to be governed by the provision of Chapter XII-A for any assessment year by furnishing his return of income for that assessment year under section 139 of the Act, declaring therein that the provisions of Chapter XIIA shall not apply to him for that assessment year and accordingly his total income for that assessment year will be computed in accordance the other provisions of the Act. 8. The tax rates and consequent taxation mentioned above shall be further subject to any benefits available under the Tax Treaty, if any, between India and the country in which the non-resident has fiscal domicile. As per the provisions of section 90(2) of the Act, the provisions of the Act would prevail over the provisions of the Tax Treaty to the extent they are more beneficial to the nonresident. IV. Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs) 1. Dividend income, if any, received by the Company from its investment in shares of another domestic company will be exempt from tax under Section 10(34) read with Section 115-O of the Income Tax Act, Income, if any, received on units of a Mutual Funds specified under Section 10(23D) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 will also be exempt from tax under Section 10(35) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 received on the shares of the Company is exempt from tax. 2. As per section 10(38) of the Act, long-term capital gains arising to the FIIs from the transfer of a long

98 term capital asset being an equity share in the Company or a unit of equity oriented fund where such transaction is chargeable to securities transaction tax would not be liable to tax in the hands of the FIIs. As per section 115AD of the Act, FIIs will be taxed on the capital gains that are not exempt under the section 10(38) of the Act at the following rates: Nature of Income Rate of Tax Long Term Capital Gain 10% Short-Term Capital Gain (Referred to Section 111A) 15% Short-Term Capital Gain (other than under section 111A) 30% The above tax rates have to be increased by the applicable surcharge, education cess, and secondary and higher education cess. 3. In case of long-term capital gains, (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act), the tax is levied on the capital gains computed without considering the cost indexation and without considering foreign exchange fluctuation. 4. As per section 54EC of the Act and subject to the conditions and to the extent specified therein, long term capital gains (in cases not covered under section 10(38) of the Act) arising on the transfer of a long-term capital asset will be exempt from capital gains tax if the capital gains are invested in a long-term specified asset within a period of 6 months after the date of such transfer. If only a part of the capital gains is invested, the exemption available shall be in the same proportion as the cost of long term specified assets bears to the whole of the capital gain. Provided that the investment made in the long-term specified asset during any financial year does not exceed Fifty Lac rupees. Provided further that the investment made by an assessee in the long-term specified asset, from capital gains arising from transfer of one or more original assets, during the financial year in which the original asset or assets are transferred and in the subsequent financial year does not exceed fifty lacs rupees. However, if the assessee transfers or converts the long-term specified asset into money within a period of three years from the date of their acquisition, the amount of capital gains exempted earlier would become chargeable to tax as long-term capital gains in the year in which the long-term specified asset is transferred or converted into money. A long term specified asset means any bond, redeemable after three years and issued on or after the 1st day of April 2006: a) by the National Highways Authority of India constituted under section 3 of the National Highways Authority of India Act, 1988, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes of this section; or b) by the Rural Electrification Corporation Limited, a company formed and registered under the Companies Act, and notified by the Central Government in the Official Gazette for the purposes of this section. 5. The tax rates and consequent taxation mentioned above shall be further subject to any benefits available under the Tax Treaty, if any, between India and the country in which the FII has fiscal domicile. As per the provisions of section 90(2) of the Act, the provisions of the Act would prevail over the provisions of the Tax Treaty to the extent they are more beneficial to the FII. 6. However, where the equity shares form a part of its stock-in-trade, any income realized in the disposition of such equity shares may be treated as business profits, taxable in accordance with the DTAA between India and the country of tax residence of the FII. The nature of the equity shares held

99 by the FII is usually determined on the basis of the substantial nature of the transactions, the manner of maintaining books of account, the magnitude of purchases, sales and the ratio between purchases and sales and the holding etc. If the income realized from the disposition of equity shares is chargeable to tax in India as business income, FII s could claim, STT paid on purchase/sale of equity shares as allowable business expenditure. Business profits may be subject to applicable Tax Laws. V. Venture Capital Companies/Funds: Under Section 10(23FB) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, any income of Venture Capital company / funds (set up to raise funds for investment in venture capital undertaking notified in this behalf) registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India would be exempt from income tax, subject to conditions specified therein. As per Section 115U of the Income Tax Act, 1961, any income derived by a person from his investment in venture capital companies / funds would be taxable in the hands of the person making an investment in the same manner as if it were the income received by such person had the investments been made directly in the venture capital undertaking. VI. Mutual Funds As per Section 10(23D) of the Act, any income of Mutual Funds registered under the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or Regulations made there under, Mutual Funds set up by public sector banks or public financial institutions and Mutual Funds authorized by the Reserve Bank of India would be exempt from income tax, subject to such conditions as the Central Government may by notification in the Official Gazette specify in this behalf. Tax Treaty Benefits An investor has an option to be governed by the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 or the provisions of a Tax Treaty that India has entered into with another country of which the investor is a tax resident, whichever is more beneficial. Benefits available under the Gift Tax Act: Gift tax is not leviable in respect of any gifts made on or after 1 st October, Therefore, any gift of shares of the Company will not attract gift tax in the hands of the donor. Notes: 1. The above Statement of Possible Direct Tax Benefits sets out the provisions of law in a summary manner only and is not a complete analysis or listing of all potential tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposal of equity shares; 2. The above Statement of Possible Direct Tax Benefits sets out the possible tax benefits available to the Company and its shareholders under the current tax laws presently in force in India as amended from time to time. Several of these benefits are dependent on the Company or its shareholders fulfilling the conditions prescribed under the relevant tax laws; 3. This Statement is only intended to provide general information to the investors and is neither designed nor intended to be a substitute for professional tax advice. In view of the individual nature of the tax consequences, the changing tax laws, each investor is advised to consult his or her own tax consultant with respect to the specific tax implications arising out of their participation in the issue; 4. In respect of non-residents, the tax rates and the consequent taxation mentioned above shall be further subject to any benefits available under the Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement, if any, between India and the country in which the non-resident has fiscal domicile; and

100 The stated benefits will be available only to the sole/first named holder in case the shares are held by joint shareholders.

101 SECTION V ABOUT THE COMPANY INDUSTRY OVERVIEW The information in this section includes extracts from publicly available information, data and statistics and has been derived from various government publications and industry sources. Neither we, the Lead Manager or any of our or their respective affiliates or advisors nor any other person connected with Issue have verified this information. The data may have been re-classified by us for the purposes of presentation. The information may not be consistent with other information compiled by third parties within or outside India. Industry sources and publications generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources it believes to be reliable, but their accuracy, completeness and underlying assumptions are not guaranteed, and their reliability cannot be assured. Industry and government publications are also prepared based on information as of specific dates and may no longer be current or reflect current trends. Industry and government sources and publications may also base their information on estimates, forecasts and assumptions which may prove to be incorrect. Before deciding to invest in the Equity Shares, prospective investors should read this entire Draft Red Herring Prospectus, including the information in the sections "Risk Factors" and "Financial Statements" on pages 25 and 182, respectively. An investment in the Equity Shares involves a high degree of risk. For a discussion of certain risks in connection with an investment in the Equity Shares, please see the section Risk Factors on page 25. Accordingly, investment decisions should not be based on such information. SUMMARY: The outlook for the global economy has darkened. Global financing conditions have tightened, industrial production has moderated, trade tensions remain elevated and some large emerging market and developing economies have experienced significant financial market stress. Faced with these headwinds, the recovery in emerging market and developing economies has lost momentum. Downside risks have become more acute and include the possibility of disorderly financial market movements. Debt vulnerabilities in emerging market and developing economies, particularly low-income countries, have increased. More frequent severe weather events would raise possibility of large swings in international food prices, which could deepen poverty. In this difficult environment, it is of paramount importance for emerging market and developing economies to rebuild policy buffers while laying a stronger foundation for future growth by boosting human capital, promoting trade integration and addressing challenges associated with informality. GLOBAL OUTLOOK Moderating activity and heightened risks are clouding global economic prospects. International trade and investment have softened, trade tensions remain elevated, and some large emerging market and developing economies (EMDEs) have experienced substantial financial market pressures. Against this less favorable backdrop, EMDE growth has lost momentum, with a weaker-than-expected recovery in commodity exporters accompanied by a deceleration in commodity importers. Downside risks have become more acute. Disorderly financial market developments could disrupt activity in the affected economies and lead to contagion effects. Trade disputes could escalate or become more widespread, denting activity in the involved economies and leading to negative global spillovers. To confront this increasingly challenging environment, an immediate priority for EMDE policymakers is to brace for possible bouts of financial market stress, rebuild macroeconomic policy buffers as appropriate, and tackle adverse debt dynamics, all while sustaining historically low inflation. In the longer run, the need to foster more robust potential growth by boosting human capital, removing barriers to investment, and promoting trade integration remains.

102 Regional Perspectives: The rebound in EMDE activity has stalled. The cyclical upswing in regions with many commodity exporters has lost momentum, partly reflecting a substantial slowdown in some large economies, and is projected to plateau over the next couple of years. Growth in regions with large numbers of commodity importers was solid but has decelerated and is expected to stabilize around potential. For all regions, risks to the outlook are increasingly tilted to the downside. This edition of Global Economic Prospects also includes a chapter on the challenges associated with the presence of large informal sectors in EMDEs and policy options to address informality; a box on the prospects for continued low inflation in EMDEs; and essays on rising debt vulnerabilities in low-income countries and the implications of large food price spikes for poverty. South Asia South Asia remains the world s fastest growing region. India s domestic demand is strengthening as the country reaps the benefits of structural reforms and of a revival of credit growth. Growth in the region is projected to accelerate to 7.1% in 2019 from 6.9 in the PY. Over the medium term, robust domestic demand will continue to underpin growth, which is expected to average 7.1%. On the domestic side, vulnerabilities are being exacerbated by fiscal slippages & rising inflation & delays in needed structural reforms to address weaknesses in balance sheets of banks & non-financial corporates. Key external risks include a further deterioration in current accounts and a faster-than-expected tightening of global financing conditions. Recent Developments Growth in South Asia accelerated to an estimated 6.9 % in 2018 from 6.2% the previous year, with domestic demand strengthening in India as temporary disruptions fade and the benefits from ongoing structural reforms start to materialize. The recovery was in line with expectations, and recent high frequency data including purchasing managers indices and industrial production have broadly remained solid. Throughout the region, private consumption picked up in 2018 while investment remained solid. The solid investment was supported by the fading of a number of temporary disruptions, a revival of credit growth and ongoing infrastructure projects. Strong domestic demand boosted imports, while exports remained subdued amid weak global trade sentiment, causing current account deficits to widen (World Bank 2018s). India s growth accelerated to an estimated 7.3% in FY2018/19 (April to March) as economic activity continued to recover with strong domestic demand. While investment continued to strengthen amid GST harmonization and a rebound of credit growth, consumption remained the major contributor to growth. Excluding India, regional growth moderated slightly in Pakistan s GDP (factor cost) is estimated to have grown 5.8% in FY2017/18 (July 16 to

103 July 15), with solid contributions from consumption and investment. Activity was supported by strengthening in the agricultural and industrial sectors, and a sustained acceleration in services. There were some signs of rising inflation pressure across the region, and both India and Pakistan raised rates in 2018 to counter the effects of currency depreciation, rising energy prices, and domestic capacity constraints. Throughout the region, private consumption picked up in 2018 while investment remained solid. The solid investment was supported by the fading of a number of temporary disruptions, a revival of credit growth, and ongoing infrastructure projects. Strong domestic demand boosted imports, while exports remained subdued causing current account deficits to widen. External vulnerabilities are also rising. In Sri Lanka and to some extent in Pakistan, external debt is sizable and current account deficits have deteriorated considerably. Recent currency pressures have eroded Pakistan s foreign exchange reserves significantly they currently amount to only two months of imports. Outlook India s GDP is forecast to grow by 7.3% in FY2018/19 and 7.5% thereafter, in line with June forecasts. Private consumption is projected to remain robust and investment growth is expected to continue as the benefits of recent policy reforms begin to materialize and credit rebounds. Strong domestic demand is envisioned to widen the current account deficit to 2.6 % of GDP next year. Inflation is projected to rise somewhat above the midpoint of the Reserve Bank of India s target range of 2 to 6%, mainly owing to energy and food prices. In the rest of the region, economic activity will average 5.6% over the forecast horizon. In Pakistan, macroeconomic imbalances weigh on growth outlook. Pakistan is expected to face financing needs due to large current account and fiscal deficits combined with low international reserves. GDP growth is projected to decelerate to 3.7% in FY2018/19, with financial conditions tightening to help counter rising inflation and external vulnerabilities. Activity is projected to rebound and average 4.6% over the medium term with support from stabilizing macroeconomic conditions. Risk The risks to the outlook are tilted downside. Domestic vulnerabilities are being exacerbated by fiscal slippages and rising inflation, escalation in political uncertainty, and the possibility of delays in the needed structural reforms to address weaknesses in balance sheets of banks and nonfinancial corporates. Key external risks include a further deterioration in current accounts and a faster-than-expected tightening of global financing conditions. South Asian economies have high levels of public debt in general. Fiscal slippages could further worsen already-precarious public debt positions and result in a costly rise in already- elevated interest payments. The upcoming election cycle next year elevates political uncertainty in the region. In South Asia, NPAs are still high despite recent measures taken to improve the recognition of these assets. Especially, public sector banks in India, which represent roughly 70% of the banking sector assets, still report low profitability and high NPAs. Credit expansion could be limited in some major South Asia economies unless further steps are taken to deal with financial and corporate balance sheets. On the external front, the region has relatively low exposure to international trade, which limits the benefits from trade over the long term. However, the low exposure also suggests that that it could be more insulated from the effects rising trade protectionism than other regions. Persistent current account deficits and high levels of external debt make the region more vulnerable to a faster-than-expected tightening of global financial conditions. South Asia is one of the most vulnerable regions to natural disasters. In recent years, the number of affected people and geographical areas from natural disasters such as drought, floods, and earthquakes have risen in the region. Increasingly common natural disasters could disrupt infrastructure, agricultural output, and economic activity in general. The realization of these domestic or external risks

104 could weaken investor confidence and result in capital outflows, currency depreciation leading to rising external debt, a tightening of domestic financing conditions, and a slowdown in regional growth. [Source: A World Bank Flagship Report, Januray 2019] A WEAKENING GLOBAL EXPANSION The global expansion has weakened. Global growth for 2018 is estimated at 3.7 %, as in the October 2018 World Economic Outlook (WEO) forecast, despite weaker performance in some economies, notably Europe and Asia. The global economy is projected to grow at 3.5 % in 2019 and 3.6 % in 2020, 0.2 and 0.1 percentage point below last October s projections. The global growth forecast for 2019 and 2020 had already been revised downward in the last WEO, partly because of the negative effects of tariff increases enacted in the United States and China earlier that year. The further downward revision since October in part reflects carry over from softer momentum in the second half of 2018 including in Germany following the introduction of new automobile fuel emission standards and in Italy where concerns about sovereign and financial risk shave weighed on domestic demand but also weakening financial market sentiment as well as a contraction in Turkey now projected to be deeper than anticipated. Risks to global growth tilt to the downside. An escalation of trade tensions beyond those already incorporated in the forecast remains a key source of risk to the outlook. Financial conditions have already tightened since the fall. A range of triggers beyond escalating trade tensions could spark a further deterioration in risk sentiment with adverse growth implications, especially given the high levels of public and private debt. These potential triggers include a no-deal withdrawal of the United Kingdom from the European Union and a greater-than-envisaged slowdown in China. The main shared policy priority is for countries to resolve cooperatively and quickly their trade disagreements and the resulting policy uncertainty, rather than raising harmful barriers further and destabilizing an already slowing global economy. Across all economies, measures to boost potential output growth, enhance inclusiveness, and strengthen fiscal and financial buffers in an environment of high debt burdens and tighter financial conditions are imperatives. Global Growth to Slow in 2019 Global growth in 2018 is estimated to be 3.7%, as it was last fall, but signs of a slowdown in the second half of 2018 have led to downward revisions for several economies. Weakness in the second half of 2018 will carry over to coming quarters, with global growth projected to decline to 3.5% in 2019 before picking up slightly to 3.6% in 2020 (0.2 percentage point and 0.1 percentage point lower, respectively, then in the previous WEO). This growth pattern reflects a persistent decline in the growth rate of advanced economies from above-trend levels occurring more rapidly than previously anticipated together with a temporary decline in the growth rate for emerging market and developing economies in 2019, reflecting contractions in Argentina and Turkey, as well as the impact of trade actions on China and other Asian economies. Specifically, growth in advanced economies is projected to slow from an estimated 2.3% in 2018 to 2.0% in 2019 and 1.7% in This estimated growth rate for 2018 and the projection for 2019 are 0.1 percentage point lower than in the October 2018 WEO, mostly due to downward revisions for the euro area. Growth in the euro area is set to moderate from 1.8 % in 2018 to 1.6 % in 2019 (0.3 lower than projected last fall) and 1.7 % in Growth rates have been marked down for many economies, notably Germany (due to soft private consumption, weak industrial production following the introduction of revised auto emission standards, and subdued foreign demand); Italy (due to weak

105 domestic demand and higher borrowing costs as sovereign yields remain elevated); and France (due to the negative impact of street protests and industrial action). There is substantial uncertainty around the baseline projection of about 1.5 % growth in the United Kingdom in The unchanged projection relative to the October 2018 WEO reflects the offsetting negative effect of prolonged uncertainty about the Brexit outcome and the positive impact from fiscal stimulus announced in the 2019 budget. This baseline projection assumes that a Brexit deal is reached in 2019 and that the UK transitions gradually to the new regime. However, as of mid-january, the shape that Brexit will ultimately take remains highly uncertain. The growth forecast for the United States also remains unchanged. Growth is expected to decline to 2.5% in 2019 and soften further to 1.8% in 2020 with the unwinding of fiscal stimulus and as the federal funds rate temporarily overshoots the neutral rate of interest. The projected pace of expansion is above the US economy s estimated potential growth rate in both years. Strong domestic demand growth will support rising imports and contribute to a widening of the US current account deficit. Japan s economy is set to grow by 1.1% in 2019 (0.2 percentage point higher than in the October WEO). This revision mainly reflects additional fiscal support to the economy this year, including measures to mitigate the effects of the planned consumption tax rate increase in October Growth is projected to moderate to 0.5% in 2020 (0.2 percentage point higher than in the October 2018 WEO) following the implementation of the mitigating measures. For the emerging market and developing economy group, growth is expected to tick down to 4.5 % in 2019 (from 4.6 % in 2018), before improving to 4.9 % in The projection for 2019 is 0.2 percentage point lower than in the October 2018 WEO. Growth in emerging and developing Asia will dip from 6.5% in 2018 to 6.3% in 2019 and 6.4% in Despite fiscal stimulus that offsets some of the impact of higher US tariffs, China s economy will slow due to the combined influence of needed financial regulatory tightening and trade tensions with the United States. India s economy is poised to pick up in 2019, benefiting from lower oil prices and a slower pace of monetary tightening than previously expected, as inflation pressures ease. Growth in emerging and developing Europe in 2019 is now expected to weaken more than previously anticipated, to 0.7% (from 3.8% in 2018) despite generally buoyant growth in Central and Eastern Europe, before recovering to 2.4% in The revisions (1.3 percentage point in 2019 and 0.4 percentage point in 2020) are due to a large projected contraction in 2019 and a slower recovery in 2020 in Turkey, amid policy tightening and adjustment to more restrictive external financing conditions. In Latin America, growth is projected to recover over next two years, from 1.1% in 2018 to 2.0 % in 2019 and 2.5% in 2020 (0.2 percentage point weaker for both years than previously expected). The revisions are due to a downgrade in Mexico s growth prospects in , reflecting lower private investment & even more severe contraction in Venezuela than previously anticipated. Downgrades are only partially offset by an upward revision to 2019 forecast for Brazil, where gradual recovery from the recession is expected to continue. Argentina s economy will contract in 2019 as tighter policies aimed at reducing imbalances slow domestic demand, before returning to growth in Growth in the Middle East, North Africa, Afghanistan & Pakistan region is expected to remain subdued at 2.4 % in 2019 before recovering to about 3% in Multiple factors weigh on the region s outlook, including weak oil output growth, which offsets an expected pickup in non-oil activity (Saudi Arabia); tightening financing conditions (Pakistan); US sanctions (Iran); and across several economies, geopolitical tensions.

106 [Source: World Economic Outlook Update, Januray 2019 ( MARKET AT A GLANCE: India, being the second most populous country in the world and fifth major electricity consumer, has been experiencing an ever-widening demand-supply gap in electricity. Consequently, the market for energyefficient products such as LED lights is bound to grow. All the survey participants felt that the moderatelygrowing lighting industry will now move at a faster pace, as the government is encouraging the use of LED lights in a big way. Other drivers are the Smart Cities project, and the increasing demand for a smart, connected lifestyle and energy-efficiency measures. According to a report by TechSci (a global research based consulting firm), the LED lighting market in India is projected to register a CAGR of over 30 per cent during The Electric Lamp and Component Manufacturers Association of India (ELCOMA) shares that the LED market in India is expected to grow to 216 billion by This leap will result in the LED market accounting for about 60 per cent of India s total lighting industry (approximately 376 billion) in The key factors that are expected to boost the market include falling LED prices coupled with favourable government initiatives that provide LED lights at a subsidised cost and promote LED street lighting projects. Moreover, rising consumer awareness about the cost-effectiveness, enhanced life, better efficiency and inherent eco-friendly nature of LED lights will continue to drive volume sales from the industrial, residential and commercial sectors. Current Opporutnities: LEDs are versatile products and so can be used for residential lighting, street lighting, downlights, landscaping, monument lighting, signage, traffic signals, security lights, industrial lighting, office space lighting, automotive lighting and much more. Low energy consumption, low costs, modular designs and ease of use have made LED lighting the first choice in industrial, commercial and domestic applications. According to survey participants, top four demand-generating application areas are: 1. Street lighting 2. Residential lighting 3. Office space lighting 4. Industrial lighting The demand for streetlights is driven by government initiatives, while in residential and office spaces, demand is mainly driven by increasing consumer awareness about energy-efficient products with more functionalities. In industrial areas, LEDs are used in warehouses, manufacturing floors, etc. In the hazardous work areas across industries, too, most of the new lighting being used is LED based. The demand for LED lighting in India is still mostly driven by its adoption in metro cities, mainly because of better awareness and higher socio-economic growth. However, the demand from Tier-II cities is also expected to grow based on requirements from the street lighting and industrial lighting domains. Currently, though, demand for LED lighting from rural India is still not significant. The government (through EESL) will be implementing the first rural LED street lighting project by retrofitting 1 million conventional streetlights with LED lights in the gram panchayats of seven districts of Andhra Pradesh under the Street Lighting National Project (SLNP). Further the expansion of such initiatives across the country will open up the new markets for the LED lighting industry in the Country therein. According to 57% of the survey participants, retrofit installations are more in demand compared to new installations.

107 Emerging Technology Trends: LED lighting is going to open up immense possibilities not only by lowering energy consumption levels but also enhancing the overall lighting experience with respect to control, monitoring/sensing and connectivity, coupled with the convenience of longer life and improved aesthetics. Survey participants shared some insights about emerging technology trends that will shape the LED lighting market in India. Here is a collation of their views. Smart connected LED lights will be the next big thing: Lighting systems will get smarter, as the possibility of autonomous, self-commissioning illumination systems is emerging. The industry has been transformed from analogue to digital as LED lighting allows users to control, monitor and measure lighting output. This transformation is taking place across public, home and professional lighting, and the smart connected LED lights will emerge as the largest IoT device segment within the next five to ten years. Control devices, dimmers and wireless lighting with advanced sensors will cater to the needs of modern consumers. Changes in on board technology : This will happen through the use of IC based drivers to support touch-based technology, which is the need of the hour for smart lighting systems. This will also reduce the number of components compared to those used in traditional drivers. Use of fewer components can reduce costs while enhancing the efficiency of the final product. Use of Chip Scale Packaging (CSP) or Flip Chip packaging technology: This will enhance lumen output and also increase the reliability of the final product. Use of CSP eliminates the traditional sub-mount, directly attaching the LED die to the PCB, allowing for overall system cost reductions. Introduction of driverless low voltage direct current (LVDC) operated products: This will enable energy saving by reducing AC-DC current conversion losses. It will also make the products compatible with solar photovoltaic systems, helping them run as LED-solar hybrid systems, which will be quite effective in India. Shift in manufacturing techniques from through-hole to surface mount technology (SMT): This will enhance efficiency while reducing operational costs. This, in turn, will help achieve break-even points quickly, in spite of a relatively higher capex. Moving Forward: The immediate challenges that could derail the growth of this industry in India are as follows: Mushrooming low quality, unauthorised manufacturing units making sub-standard products, and lowcost Chinese imports of poor quality could result in low consumer confidence. Lack of awareness among consumers as well as institutional buyers about the efficiency of LEDs with respect to lux, wattage, life expectancy, etc. This results in the use of products with higher wattage but lower efficiency. The inability to make LED chips and micro-chips, resulting in their being imported at high cost. This also limits the development of a wider variety of LED light fixtures, reducing the number of colours used, apart from hampering performance and crippling innovations in LED lighting. Absence of a sufficient number of LED packaging units, resulting in a high dependence on imports. Use of inefficient drivers, resulting in higher energy usage as well as product failure. [Source:

108 ABOUT INDIAN ECONOMY GROWTH RATE & STATISTICS Introduction India has emerged as the fastest growing major economy in the world and is expected to be one of the top three economic powers of the world over the next years, backed by its strong democracy and partnerships. Market Size India s GDP is estimated to have increased 6.6 per cent in and is expected to grow 7.3 per cent in During the first half of , GDP (at constant prices) grew by 7.6 per cent. India has retained its position as the third largest startup base in the world with over 4,750 technology startups, with about 1,400 new start-ups being founded in 2016, according to a report by NASSCOM. India's labour force is expected to touch million by 2020, based on rate of population growth, increased labour force participation, and higher education enrolment, among other factors, according to a study by ASSOCHAM and Thought Arbitrage Research Institute. India's foreign exchange reserves were US$ billion in the week up to December 21, 2018, according to data from the RBI. Recent Developments With the improvement in the economic scenario, there have been various investments in various sectors of the economy. The M&A activity in India increased 53.3 per cent to US$ 77.6 billion in 2017 while private equity (PE) deals reached US$ 24.4 billion. Some of the important recent developments in Indian economy are as follows: Exports from India increased per cent year-on-year to US$ billion in April-Nov Nikkei India Manufacturing Purchasing Managers Index (PMI) stood at 53.2 in December 2018, showing expansion in the sector. Mergers and Acquisitions (M&A) activity in the country has reached US$ 82.1 billion in 2018 (up to November). Income tax collection in the country reached Rs 2.50 lakh crore (US$ billion) between April- November Companies in India have raised around US$ 5.52 billion through Initial Public Offers (IPO) in 2018 (up to November). India's Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) equity inflows reached US$ billion between April 2000 and June 2018, with maximum contribution from services, computer software and hardware, telecommunications, construction, trading and automobiles. India's Index of Industrial Production (IIP) rose 5.6 per cent year-on-year in April-October Consumer Price Index (CPI) inflation rose moderated to 2.33 per cent in November 2018 from 3.38 per cent in October Around 10.8 million jobs were created in India in India has improved its ranking in the World Bank's Doing Business Report by 23 spots over its 2017 ranking and is ranked 77 among 190 countries in 2019 edition of the report. India is expected to have 100,000 startups by 2025, which will create employment for 3.25 million people and US$ 500 billion in value, as per Mr. Mohan Das, Chairman, Manipal Global Education. The World Bank has stated that private investments in India is expected to grow by 8.8 per cent in FY to overtake private consumption growth of 7.4%, and thereby drive the growth in India's gross domestic product (GDP) in FY India is expected to retain its position as world s leading recipient of remittances in 2018, with total remittances touching US$ 80 billion, according to World Bank s Migration & Development Brief.

109 Government Initiatives The Union Budget for was announced by Mr Arun Jaitley, Union Minister for Finance, Government of India, in Parliament on February 1, This year s budget will focus on uplifting the rural economy and strengthening of the agriculture sector, healthcare for the economically less privileged, infrastructure creation and improvement in the quality of education of the country. As per the budget, the government is committed towards doubling the farmers income by A total of Rs lakh crore (US$ billion) will be spent for creation of livelihood and infrastructure in rural areas. Budgetary allocation for infrastructure is set at Rs 5.97 lakh crore (US$ billion) for All-time high allocations have been made to the rail and road sectors. India's unemployment rate is expected to be 3.5 per cent in 2018, according to the International Labour Organisation (ILO). Numerous foreign companies are setting up their facilities in India on account of various government initiatives like Make in India and Digital India. Mr. Narendra Modi, Prime Minister of India, has launched the Make in India initiative with an aim to boost the manufacturing sector of Indian economy, to increase the purchasing power of an average Indian consumer, which would further boost demand, and hence spur development, in addition to benefiting investors. The Government of India, under the Make in India initiative, is trying to give boost to the contribution made by the manufacturing sector and aims to take it up to 25 per cent of the GDP from the current 17 per cent. Besides, the Government has also come up with Digital India initiative, which focuses on 3 core components: creation of digital infrastructure, delivering services digitally and to increase digital literacy. Some of the recent initiatives and developments undertaken by the government are listed below: National Institute for Transforming India (NITI) Aayog released a strategic document titled Strategy for New to help India become a US$ 4 trillion economy by FY23. Around 1.29 million houses have been constructed up to December 24, 2018, under Government of India s housing scheme named Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (Urban). Village electrification in India was completed in April 2018 and around million households have been electrified up to December 17, 2018 under the Pradhan Mantri Sahaj Bijli Har Ghar Yojana (SAUBHAGYA). Moreover, 100 per cent household electrification has already been achieved in 25 states, as of December Prime Minister's Employment Generation Programme (PMEGP) will be continued with an outlay of Rs 5,500 crore (US$ million) for three years from to , according to the Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA). The target of an Open Defecation Free (ODF) India will be achieved by October 2, 2019 as adequate funding is available to the Swachh Bharat Mission (Gramin), according to Ms. Uma Bharti, Minister of Drinking Water and Sanitation, Government of India. The Government of India is going to increase public health spending to 2.5% of GDP by The Government of India released the maiden Agriculture Export Policy, 2018 which seeks to double agricultural exports from the country to US$ 60 billion by The Government of India has decided to invest Rs 2.11 trillion (US$ 32.9 billion) to recapitalise public sector banks over the next two years and Rs 7 trillion (US$ billion) for construction of new roads and highways over the next five years. As of November 2018, Rs 82,000 crore (US$ billion) has already been infused and the government is planning to infuse Rs 42,000 crore (US$ 6.02 billion) more by March 2019.

110 The mid-term review of India's Foreign Trade Policy (FTP) has been released by Ministry of Commerce & Industry, Government of India, under which annual incentives for labour intensive MSME sectors have been increased by 2 per cent. Road Ahead India's gross domestic product (GDP) is expected to reach US$ 6 trillion by FY27 and achieve upper-middle income status on the back of digitization, globalisation, favourable demographics, and reforms. India's revenue receipts are estimated to touch Rs trillion (US$ billion) by 2019, owing to Government of India's measures to strengthen infrastructure and reforms like demonetization and Goods and Services Tax (GST). India is also focusing on renewable sources to generate energy. It is planning to achieve 40 per cent of its energy from non-fossil sources by 2030 which is currently 30 per cent and also have plans to increase its renewable energy capacity from to 175 GW by India is expected to be the third largest consumer economy as its consumption may triple to US$ 4 trillion by 2025, owing to shift in consumer behaviour and expenditure pattern, according to a Boston Consulting Group (BCG) report; and is estimated to surpass USA to become the second largest economy in terms of purchasing power parity (PPP) by the year 2040, according to a report by PricewaterhouseCoopers. INDIAN ECONOMY DEVELOPMENT AND GROWTH REPORT During November 2018, production of eight core infrastructure industries grew by 3.5% year-on-year, as compared to 6.9% growth in November The growth of eight core industries during April November 2018 was 5.1%, as compared to 3.9% growth during April-November Overall year-on-year growth in the Index of Industrial Production (IIP) was 8.1% in October 2018, which was at 1.8% in October During April October 2018, IIP growth stood at 5.6% as compared to growth of 2.5% during April October Foreign exchange reserves stood at US$ billion as on November 30, 2018, as compared to US$ billion at end March For the fortnight ended on November 23, 2018, Broad money supply (M3) grew by 10.4 % year-on-year, as compared to a growth of 8.4% recorded in the corresponding period in the previous year. Wholesale Price Inflation (WPI) decreased to 4.6% in November 2018 from 5.3% in October Consumer Price Inflation (CPI) as per new series (combined) decreased to 2.3% in November 2018 from 3.4% in October Gross Tax Revenue (GTR) collection grew by 7.1% year-onyear in April-November 2018 to Rs 1,164,685 crore (US$ billion). As per the quarterly estimates, the growth of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) at constant ( ) market prices stood at 7.1%, during April-September Provision estimates of (GDP) released by the Central Statistics Office (CSO) in May 2018, estimated the growth rate of GDP at constant ( ) market prices for FY at 6.7%. As per the first revised estimates of national income released by CSO in , growth rate of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) at constant ( ) market prices was 7.1% in and 8.2% in The growth of Gross Value Added (GVA) at constant ( ) basic prices for agriculture and allied sectors, industry sector and services sector are estimated at 3.4%, 5.5% and 7.9% respectively for [Source: Indian Econoic Overview and Monthly Report, Januray 2019 ( Light-Emitting Diode (LED): A light-emitting diode (LED) is a semiconductor light source that emits light when current flows through it. Electrons in the semiconductor recombine with electron holes, releasing energy in the form of photons. This effect is called electroluminescence. The color of the light (corresponding to the energy of the photons) is determined by the energy required for electrons to cross the band gap of the semiconductor. White light is obtained by using multiple semiconductors or a layer of light-emitting phosphor on the semiconductor device. LED is one of today's most energy-efficient and rapidly-developing lighting

111 technologies. Quality LED light bulbs last longer, are more durable & offer better light quality than other types of lighting. Energy Savings: LED is a highly energy efficient lighting technology, and has the potential to fundamentally change the future of lighting in the US. Residential LEDs, especially ENERGY STAR rated products, use at least 75% less energy & last 25 times longer, than incandescent lighting. Widespread use of LED lighting has greatest potential impact on energy savings in the US. By 2027, widespread use of LEDs could save about 348 TWh (compared to no LED use) of electricity: This is the equivalent annual electrical output of 44 large electric power plants (1000 megawatts each) & a total savings of more than $30 billion at today's electricity prices. How LEDs are different: LED lighting is very different from other lighting sources such as incandescent bulbs and CFLs. Key differences include the following: Light Source: LEDs are the size of a fleck of pepper, and a mix of red, green, and blue LEDs is typically used to make white light. Direction: LEDs emit light in a specific direction, reducing the need for reflectors and diffusers that can trap light. This feature makes LEDs more efficient for many uses such as recessed downlights and task lighting. With other types of lighting, the light must be reflected to the desired direction and more than half of the light may never leave the fixture. Heat: LEDs emit very little heat. In comparison, incandescent bulbs release 90% of their energy as heat and CFLs release about 80% of their energy as heat. Initial Commercial Development: The first commercial LEDs were commonly used as replacements for incandescent and neon indicator lamps, and in seven-segment displays, first in expensive equipment such as laboratory and electronics test equipment, then later in such appliances as calculators, TVs, radios, telephones, as well as watches (see list of signal uses). Until 1968, visible and infrared LEDs were extremely costly, in the order of US$200 per unit, and so had little practical use. The Monsanto Company was the first organization to mass-produce visible LEDs, using gallium arsenide phosphide in 1968 to produce red LEDs suitable for indicators. Hewlett-Packard (HP) introduced LEDs in 1968, initially using GaAsP supplied by Monsanto. These red LEDs were bright enough only for use as indicators, as the light output was not enough to illuminate an area. Readouts in calculators were so small that plastic lenses were built over each digit to make them legible. Later, other colors became widely available and appeared in appliances and equipment. In the 1970s commercially, successful LED devices at less than five cents each were produced by Fairchild Optoelectronics. The combination of planar processing for chip fabrication and innovative packaging methods enabled the team at Fairchild led by optoelectronics pioneer Thomas Brandt to achieve the needed cost reductions. LED producers continue to use these methods [Source: &

112 Press Information Bureau Government of India Ministry of Power 28-April :24 IST Over 21 lakh LED Street Lights installed across India under Street Light National Programme Scheme is being implemented in 23 States and Union Territories Annual energy savings of 295 million units Under the Government of India s Street Lighting National Programme (SLNP) over 21 lakh conventional street lights have been replaced with LED street lights across the country. The newly installed lights have led to brighter streets, feeling of enhanced safety and security among the residents and motorists. Energy Efficiency Services Limited, a Public Energy Services Company under the administration of Ministry of Power, Government of India (GoI) is the implementing agency for SLNP. The installation of LED street lights has resulted in Annual energy savings of 295 million unit kwh, avoided capacity of over 73MW & reduction of 2.3 lakh tonnes of CO 2 annually. The project has been implemented across 23 states and union territories. The lighting level on roads have increased significantly after the replacement. The highest replacement of LED lights has happened in the following states: State Number of Street Lights Energy Saved per year (kwh) Rajasthan 7,04,891 99,054,808 Andhra Pradesh 5,86,037 82,352,849 Delhi 2,64,185 37,124,579 Gujarat 2,00,536 28,180,321 Goa 94,856 13,329,639 EESL is also implementing a special heritage lighting project, wherein 1000 LED street lights have been installed in Kashi region of Uttar Pradesh, and another 4000 lights are being installed. The procurement price of the LED Street Lights has been reduced from Rs. 135/watt to Rs. 80/watt due to mass procurement of the lights. EESL makes the entire upfront investment in installation of the Street Lights and no additional budget allocation from the Municipalities is required. Municipalities pay EESL from the savings in energy and maintenance cost over a 7 year period, making the LED lights affordable and accessible. EESL also undertakes social audits in all states post the completion of the project. EESL procurements conform to BIS specification & carry a 7 year warranty against technical defects. EESL conducts appropriate quality checks right from the bidding stage to the field level. This has resulted in the LEDs overall technical fault being less than 1% in the 21 lakh lights installed by EESL in the country. EESL has maintained an uptime of 95% for all street lights across the country. Shri Narendra Modi launched 100 cities National Programme on 5th January 2015 to convert conventional street and domestic lights with energy efficient LED lights. Under Street Light National Programme (SLNP), GoI aims to replace 1.34 crore conventional street lights with energy efficient LED lights.

113 Press Information Bureau Government of India Prime Minister s Office 05-Januray :29 IST PM launches: Scheme for LED bulb distribution under domestic lighting programme in Delhi National Programme for LED-based Home and Street Lighting Prime Minister Narendra Modi today described the LED bulb as a Prakash Path way to light, as he launched a scheme for LED bulb distribution under the domestic efficient lighting programme in Delhi; and a National Programme for LED-based Hone and Street Lighting. The Prime Minister also symbolically replaced one bulb in South Block, with an LED bulb. Replacement of all bulbs in South Block with LED bulbs will enable savings of 7000 units of energy each month. Speaking on the occasion, the Prime Minister called for making energy conservation through the spread of LED bulbs, a people s movement. However, he added, it is much more difficult to conserve power, than to produce power, because while one producing entity can produce a large quantity of power, it requires the active participation of crores of people to conserve that amount of power. Therefore, he called for generating awareness among people for the same. He called for extensive involvement of celebrities and eminent citizens in these programmes, who could motivate people to adopt LED bulbs. The PM said these programmes launched today also represent a challenge to manufacturers, to rise to occasion and produce LED bulbs without any compromise on quality. Suggesting innovative ways to generate awareness, spread message of energy efficiency, PM said gifts as calendars on New Year should be replaced by gifts of LEDs. Companies could distribute LED bulbs along with dividend payments, he suggested. The PM called for setting district level goals, and to prioritize this scheme in all towns with population above one lakh. The PM said involvement of entrepreneurs, eminent citizens and common people in this programme would represent an act of patriotism as it would reduce import bills, and an act of social service as it would save the environment. Initiative is part of the Government s efforts to spread message of energy efficiency in the country. LED bulbs have a very long life, almost 50 times more than ordinary bulbs and 8-10 times that of CFLs therefore provide both energy and cost savings in the medium term. The Prime Minister launched a web-based system to enable consumers in Delhi to register requests for procuring LED bulbs under Domestic Efficient Lighting Programme. Consumers can register either through website ( or by sending an SMS to a designated number. Shri Narendra Modi handed over two LED bulbs to one common citizen of Delhi who was the first person to register.

114 LED bulbs shall be distributed in a phased manner from March 2015 onwards. The entire project of installing LED bulbs for domestic and street-lighting in 100 cities is targeted for completion by March In Delhi, LED bulbs will be provided to all consumers at an initial payment of Rs. 10 each and recovery of Rs. 10 each for 12 months from their electricity bill. Cost to consumer will be Rs 130 through this programme, compared to current open market retail price in range of Rs for LED bulbs. Estimated annual savings for households in Delhi per LED bulb will be Rs LED bulbs will have a warranty of 3 years. Lt. Governor of Delhi Shri Najeeb Jung, Union Minister for Science and Technology Dr. Harsh Vardhan, and Union MoS(I/C) for Power Shri Piyush Goyal were present on the occasion. MPs from Delhi were also present on the occasion.

115 Press Information Bureau Government of India Prime Minister s Office 11-March :09 IST National Led Bulbs Scheme Gets a New Face in UJALA Shri Piyush Goyal Union Minister of State (IC) for Power, Coal and New & Renewable Energy here today announced the name UJALA for the LED based Domestic Efficient Lighting Programme (DELP), which is currently running successfully in over 120 cities across India. UJALA, an acronym for Unnat Jyoti by Affordable LEDs for All, is being implemented by Energy Efficiency Services Limited (EESL). The National LED programme was launched by the Hon ble Prime Minister on January 2015 with a target of replacing 77 crore incandescent lamps with LED bulbs. UJALA is successfully running across 12 states in India namely Rajasthan, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Kerala, Uttar Pradesh, Himachal Pradesh, Delhi, Andhra Pradesh, Puducherry, Jharkhand, Bihar and Uttarakhand. While more states are expected to join the initiative very soon. Speaking on the occasion, Shri Piyush Goyal said that Ujala will give new life to already successful DELP programme. He also appreciated EESL team for successful distribution of LED bulbs across India EESL has already distributed over 7.47 crore LED bulbs across the country resulting in energy savings of more than 2.66 crore kwh every day and has helped avoid peak demand of over 1944 MW. This has helped in reduction of over 21,550 tonnes of CO2 per day which is estimated to have a cost savings of Rs crore per day. [Source: Print Release - ]

116 INDIAN POWER SECTOR ANALYSIS India has the fifth largest power generation capacity in the world. The country ranks third globally in terms of electricity production. In May 2018, India ranked 4th in the Asia Pacific region out of 25 nations on an index that measures their overall power. Electricity production in India reached 1, Billion Units (BU) during FY18. Renewable energy is fast emerging as a major source of power in India. The Government of India has set a target to achieve 175 GW installed capacity of renewable energy by FY22. Wind energy is the largest source of renewable energy in India, accounting for per cent (34.62 GW)* of total installed renewable capacity (72.01 GW)*. There are plans to double wind power generation capacity to 60 GW by India has also raised the solar power generation capacity addition target by five times to 100 GW by The Union Government of India is preparing a 'rent a roof' policy for supporting its target of generating 40 gigawatts (GW) of power through solar rooftop projects by All the states and union territories of India are on board to fulfil the Government of India's vision of ensuring 24x7 affordable and quality power for all by March As of August 2018, million households out of million households were electrified and the remaining 25.0 million households are expected to be electrified by end March 2019, under the Pradhan Mantri Sahaj Bijli Har Ghar Yojana - Saubhagya scheme. The Government of India has been supportive to growth in the power sector. As of September 2018, the Government of India launched a voluntary based programme to promote energy efficient chiller systems in India. It labels the energy performance by providing star ratings and will be effective up to December 31, The Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs (CCEA) has approved commercial coal mining for private sector and the methodology of allocating coal mines via auction and allotment, thereby prioritising transparency, ease of doing business and ensuring the use of natural resources for national development. The Government of India is planning to invite bids for the largest solar tender in the world, for installing 20 gigawatts (GW) of solar power capacity, to give a boost to manufacturing of solar power equipment in India. Introduction Power is one of the most critical components of infrastructure crucial for the economic growth and welfare of nations. The existence and development of adequate infrastructure is essential for sustained growth of the Indian economy. India s power sector is one of the most diversified in the world. Sources of power generation range from conventional sources such as coal, lignite, natural gas, oil, hydro and nuclear power to viable non-conventional sources such as wind, solar, and agricultural and domestic waste. Electricity demand in the country has increased rapidly and is expected to rise further in the years to come. In order to meet the increasing demand for electricity in the country, massive addition to the installed generating capacity is required. In May 2018, India ranked 4th in the Asia Pacific region out of 25 nations on an index that measures their overall power. Market Size Indian power sector is undergoing a significant change that has redefined the industry outlook. Sustained economic growth continues to drive electricity demand in India. The Government of India s focus on attaining Power for all has accelerated capacity addition in the country. At the same time, the competitive intensity is increasing at both the market and supply sides (fuel, logistics, finances, and manpower). Total installed capacity of power stations in India stood at Gigawatt (GW) as of November 2018.

117 Investment Scenario Between April 2000 and June 2018, the industry attracted US$ billion in Foreign Direct Investment (FDI), accounting for 3.64 per cent of total FDI inflows in India. Some major investments and developments in the Indian power sector are as follows: In November 2018, Renascent Power Ventures Pte Ltd acquired per cent stake in Prayagraj Power Generation Company Limited (PPGCL) for US$ million. In August 2018, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co (KKR) acquired Ramky Enviro Engineers Limited for worth US$ 530 million. In April 2018 Renew Power made the largest M&A deal by acquiring Ostro Energy for US$ 1, million. Government Initiatives The Government of India has identified power sector as a key sector of focus so as to promote sustained industrial growth. Some initiatives by the Government of India to boost the Indian power sector: As of September 2018, a draft amendment to Electricity Act, 2003 has been introduced. It discusses separation of content & carriage, direct benefit transfer of subsidy, 24*7 Power supply is an obligation, penalisation on violation of PPA, setting up Smart Meter and Prepaid Meters along with regulations related to the same. Ujwal Discoms Assurance Yojana (UDAY) was launched by the Government of India to encourage operational and financial turnaround of State-owned Power Distribution Companies (DISCOMS), with an aim to reduce Aggregate Technical & Commercial (AT&C) losses to 15 per cent by FY19. As of August 2018, the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy set solar power tariff caps at Rs 2.50 (US$ 0.04) and Rs 2.68 (US$ 0.04) unit for developers using domestic and imported solar cells and modules, respectively. The Government of India approved National Policy on Biofuels 2018, the expected benefits of this policy are health benefits, cleaner environment, employment generation, reduced import dependency, boost to infrastructural investment in rural areas and additional income to farmers. Achievements Following are the achievements of the government in the past four years: India s rank jumped to 24 in 2018 from 137 in 2014 on World Bank s Ease of doing business - "Getting Electricity" ranking. Energy deficit reduced to 0.7 per cent in FY18 from 4.2 per cent in FY14. As of April 28, 2018, 100 per cent village electrification achieved under Deen Dayal Upadhyaya Gram Jyoti Yojana (DDUGJY). The Road Ahead The Government of India has released its roadmap to achieve 175 GW capacity in renewable energy by 2022, which includes 100 GW of solar power and 60 GW of wind power. The Union Government of India is preparing a 'rent a roof' policy for supporting its target of generating 40 gigawatts (GW) of power through solar rooftop projects by Coal-based power generation capacity in India, which currently stands at *GW is expected to reach GW by 2040.

118 India could become the world's first country to use LEDs for all lighting needs by 2019, thereby saving Rs 40,000 crore (US$ 6.23 billion) on an annual basis. All the states and union territories of India are on board to fulfil the Government of India's vision of ensuring 24x7 affordable and quality power for all by March 2019, as per the Ministry of Power and New & Renewable Energy, Government of India. Advantage India: Report: India has the fifth largest power generation capacity in the world. The country ranks third globally in terms of electricity production. In May 2018, India ranked 4th in the Asia Pacific region out of 25 nations on an index that measures their overall power. Electricity production in India reached 1, Billion Units (BU) during FY18. Renewable energy is fast emerging as a major source of power in India. The Government of India has set a target to achieve 175 GW installed capacity of renewable energy by FY22. Wind energy is the largest source of renewable energy in India, accounting for per cent (34.62 GW)* of total installed renewable capacity (72.01 GW)*. There are plans to double wind power generation capacity to 60 GW by India has also raised the solar power generation capacity addition target by five times to 100 GW by The Union Government of India is preparing a 'rent a roof' policy for supporting its target of generating 40 gigawatts (GW) of power through solar rooftop projects by All the states and union territories of India are on board to fulfil the Government of India's vision of ensuring 24x7 affordable and quality power for all by March As of December 20, 2018, a total of 18 states have achieved 100 per cent household electrification. The Government of India has been supportive to growth in the power sector. As of September 2018, the Government of India launched a voluntary based programme to promote energy efficient chiller systems in India. It labels the energy performance by providing star ratings and will be effective up to December 31, The CCEA has approved commercial coal mining for private sector and the methodology of allocating coal mines via auction and allotment, thereby prioritising transparency, ease of doing business and ensuring the use of natural resources for national development. GoI is planning to invite bids for the largest solar tender in the world, for installing 20 gigawatts of solar power capacity, to give a boost to manufacturing of solar power equipment in India.

119 Infographic:

120 Advantage India: Evolution of the Indian Power Sector:

121 India Among Top Four Power Generating Nations With a generation of 1,497 TWh, India is the third largest producer and the third largest consumer of electricity in the world. Although power generation has grown more than 100-fold since independence, growth in demand has been even higher due to accelerating economic activity. India to become the world's first country to use LEDs for all lighting needs by 2019, thereby saving Rs 40,000 crore (US$ 6.23 billion) on an annual basis. India's energy firms have made significant progress in the global energy sector, according to the latest S&P Global Platts Top 250 Global Energy Rankings, with 10 out of 14 Indian energy companies making it to the list and RIL and IOC ranking third and seventh. Industrial Expansion and Strong GDP Growth Driving Power Demand: Multiple drivers (industrial expansion, growing per-capita incomes) are leading to growth in power demand; this is set to continue in the coming years. India is set to become a global manufacturing hub with investments across the value chain. India s power demand is expected to rise up to 1,905 TWh by FY22. Industrial sector had a share of 40 per cent of the total electricity consumption in FY16-17P.

122 All India power generation reached BU between April to November 22, Future investments will benefit from strong demand fundamentals, policy support and increasing government focus on infrastructure. Per capita electricity consumption in the country grew at a CAGR of 4.96 per cent, during FY11-FY18, reaching 1,149 KWh in FY18. Policy Support and Initiatives: National Policy on Biofuels Ultra-Mega Power Projects (UMPPs) R-APDRP Saubhagya Scheme UJALA Scheme Energy Conservation Campaign In May 2018, the GoI approved National Policy on Biofuels The expected benefits of this policy are health benefits, cleaner environment, employment generation, reduced import dependency, boost to infrastructural investment in rural areas. Launch of the UMPP scheme through tariff-based competitive bidding. Ease of land possession, provision of fuel, water and necessary clearances for enhancing investor confidence. R-APDRP was launched by Ministry of Power with the purpose of reducing AT&T losses up to 15 per cent by upgradation of transmission and distribution network. Linking disbursement of CG funds (to states), with actual reduction in transmission and distribution losses. Sanctioned projects of more than US$ 5.8 billion. The Pradhan Mantri Sahaj Bijli Har Ghar Yojana- Saubhagya, launched by the GoI with the aim of achieving universal household electrification. As of August 2018, million households out of million households were electrified and the remaining 25.0 million households are expected to be electrified by end March As of December 20, 2018, a total of 18 states have achieved 100 per cent household electrification. Under the Union Budget , the Government of India has allocated Rs 16,000 crore (US$2.47 billion) towards this scheme. Over 280 million LED bulbs were distributed to consumers in India by Energy Efficiency Services Limited (EESL) under Unnati Jyoti by Affordable LEDs for All (UJALA) as on December 19, 2017 and million LED bulbs were sold by private players till October Replacing nationwide street lights with LED lights. Plan to save 10 per cent energy that would light up 11 crore lives. Replacing 1 crore bulbs in Delhi within one year.

123 Power to the people Ujwal Discoms Assurance Yojana (UDAY) Boost to manufacturing Other Initiatives Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) Scheme Vision 24x7 Power for All No environment clearance required for solar projects Green Energy Corridor Project The Union Budget has allocated Rs 3,800 crore (US$ million) towards the Deen Dayal Upadhyay Gram Jyoti Yojana (DDUGJY) and Rs 4,900 crores ( million) towards Integrated Power Development Scheme (IPDS). It was launched by the GoI to encourage operational and financial turnaround of State-owned Power Distribution Companies (DISCOMS), with an aim to reduce Aggregate Technical & Commercial (AT&C) losses to 15 per cent by FY19. The Government of India has signed four Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) with the state of Nagaland and Union Territories (UTs) of Andaman & Nicobar Islands, Dadra & Nagar Haveli & Daman & Diu under the Ujwal DISCOM Assurance Yojana (UDAY) to improve operational efficiency of electricity departments in these places. To create potential for domestic manufacturers and developers, Government of India will auction 40 GW of renewable energy projects including 30 GW solar and 10 GW wind every year till As of September 2018, the GoI launched a voluntary based programme to promote energy efficient chiller systems in India. It labels the energy performance by providing star ratings and will be effective up to December 31, As of September 2018, a draft amendment to Electricity Act, 2003 has been introduced. It discusses separation of content & carriage, direct benefit transfer of subsidy, 24*7 Power supply is an obligation, penalisation on violation of PPA, setting up Smart Meter & Prepaid Meters along with regulations related to same. The Union and state governments have agreed to implement the Direct Benefit Transfer (DBT) scheme in the electricity sector for better targeting of subsidies. All the states and union territories of India are on board to fulfil the Government of India's vision of ensuring 24x7 affordable and quality power for all by March 2019, as per the Ministry of Power and New & Renewable Energy, Government of India. The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Government of India has clarified that solar PV (photovoltaic) power, solar thermal power projects, and solar parks will not require the environment clearance which was mandatory under the provisions of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) notification, Under the Union Budget , the Government of India has allocated Rs 4,200 crore (US$ billion) to increase capacity of Green Energy Corridor Project along with other wind and solar power projects.

124 Tariff Feed in Tariff, scheme used for promoting generation of electricity from renewable energy sources. It allows Power Producers to sell renewable energy generated electricity to an off taker at a pre determined tariff for a given period of time. As of August 2018, the Ministry of New and Renewable Energy set solar power tariff caps at Rs 2.50 (US$ 0.04) and Rs 2.68 (US$ 0.04) unit for developers using domestic, and imported solar cells and modules, respectively Rent a roof policy The Union Government of India is preparing a 'rent a roof' policy for supporting its target of generating 40 gigawatts of power through solar rooftop projects by [Source: IBEF Presentation on Power, Dec 2018 (Make in India website, Ministry of New and Renewable Energy, IEA, Central Electricity Authority, Aranca Research, Assorted articles; CEA: MNRE, Corporate Catalyst India, IFLR; BP Statistical Review World Energy 2018; Ministry of Statistics and Program Implementation, CEA; Ministry of Power; News articles; Press Releases, Press Information Bureau, RNCOS Report, Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion (DIPP)]

125 BUSINESS OVERVIEW Our Company was originally incorporated as a Private Limited Company under the provisions of Companies Act, 1956 and registered with the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai, Maharashtra with the name Artemis Electricals Private Limited on October 26, Subsequently, our company was converted into public limited company pursuant to special resolution passed by our shareholders dated July 25, 2015 and name of company was changed to Artemis Electricals Limited to reflect the legal status of our Company pursuant to issuance of fresh certification of incorporation granted by the Registrar of Companies Mumbai, dated August 27, Our Company since incorporation is into the business of manufacturing and trading of Light Emitting Diode LED Lights and LED lighting accessories. We are dependent on third party for manufacturing of LED bulbs. Our Company manufactures and trades indoor and outdoor LED luminaries such as, Street lights, Solar Powered Home LED lighting Systems and LED based Street Lights, Down lights, Garden lights, pavement / walk through indication lights, etc. The application of our products is in spaces like general lighting, architectural, residential, office, industrial, shop, hospitality, and outdoor. Our Product basket consist of solutions across the LED luminary spectrum i.e. LED emitter to LED driver & LED luminaries including Solar Powered Home LED lighting Systems and LED based Street Lights. Our LED drivers are manufactured in a facility located in Vasai, mainly using SMD components on an automatic pick-n-place machine. Our Company is an ISO 9001:2015, ISO 14001:2015 & OHSAS 18001:2007 certified Company Our Company is member of LACMA (LUMINAIRES ACCESSORIES COMPONENTS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION) vide membership no Our Company is Promoted by Pravin Agarwal and Corporate Promoter M/s Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited. Our Promoter Pravin Agarwal has experience of working with in the industry since nine (9) years. Prior to starting the business of LED Luminaries manufacturing our Promoter Pravin Agarwal was engaged in Hospitality and Aviation related Industry. Our Company has its manufacturing plant located at Vasai which supplies finished products directly to Original Equipment Manufacturer OEM who in terms apply in their brand and sale to the ultimate customer or our Company supply in the open market. Our Company try to develop products for which our management takes keen interest to innovate and update products from time to time, taken measures to scale up and deliver the quality products. Our Company have a wide range of products to cater to lighting need to client s specific requirements. Our Management emphasizes on delivering least polluting and most efficient products that improve society's quality of life through effective lighting solutions. Our Company have received Letter of Award dated December 21, 2017, from Karnataka State Electronics Development Corporation Limited (KEONICS) (A Government of Karnataka Enterprise) Supply of LED street light for SLNP in Gram Panchayats of Andhra Pradesh. In the past 5 years, from Rs Lakhs in F.Y to Rs lakhs in F.Y , to Rs. 4, Lakhs in F.Y , to Rs. 4, Lakhs in F.Y and further to Rs Lakhs in F.Y , reflecting a CAGR of 91.67%. Our Net Profit after tax for the above mentioned periods are Rs lakhs, Rs Lakhs, Rs Lakhs, Rs Lakhs and Rs lakhs, respectively, showing a growth at a CAGR of %.

126 OUR PRODUCTS Our Products Basket Indoor Lighting Outdoor Lighting Our Company is currently providing variety of products which include LED Panel Lights, LED Street Lights, Solar LED Street Lights, LED Down Lights, LED Surface Down Lights, Pendant Down lights, LED Spot Lights, LED Batten Lights, LED Architectural Lights, LED Focus Lights, LED Bulbs. In addition, our Company offer electronic components such as LED Drivers and electronic ballasts. Our Solar Products Solar energy is radiant light and heat from the Sun that is harnessed to create a clean form of energy. Electricity can be produced directly from photovoltaic, PV, cells. (Photovoltaic literally means light and electric. ). Unlike conventional energy, electricity produced from solar energy does not give out any harmful emissions that harm the environment. Our company is continuously working towards catering new areas of lighting coupled with solar energy. Our Company already manufacture and trade in Solar charge controllers, Solar powered LED Batten Lights, Solar powered LED Down Lights, Solar powered LED Street Lights, Solar powered LED Bulbs, Solar powered Fans, Solar powered LED Lanterns etc.

127 Applications of our Products is as follows: Sr. No Product Description 1. Apollo LED Down Light This product comes in three variants: 12 watts, 15 watts & 18 watts. 2. Moon LED Surface Down Light Applications: Commercial and Residential Features: Saves up to 70% Energy as compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Long Life high-power and high efficiency package LED. Optimized Thermal Management. Eco Friendly Materials Used (recycle up to 5 times). No UV, No Infrared. Technical Specifications: Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <10% Efficiency: >85% This product comes in many variants ranging from 6 watts to 18 watts. Applications: Commercial and Residential Government Offices Corridor Lighting Features: Saves upto 70% Energy as compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Long Life high-power and high efficiency package LED. Optimized Thermal Management. Eco Friendly Materials Used (recycle up to 5 times).

128 Sr. No Product 3. LED Aluminium body Panel Lights No UV, No Infrared. Technical Specifications: Description Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <15% Efficiency: >85% This product comes in four variants: 5 watts, 12 watts, 18 watts & 24 watts Applications: Commercial and Residential Features: Saves upto 70% Energy as compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Long Life high-power and high efficiency package LED. Optimized Thermal Management. Eco Friendly Materials Used (recycle up to 5 times). No UV, No Infrared. Technical Specifications: Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <15% Efficiency: >85% 4. LED Plastic body Panel Lights This product comes in three variants: 12 watts, 15 watts & 18 watts. Applications: Commercial and Residential Features: Saves upto 70% Energy as compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Long Life high-power and high efficiency package LED.

129 Sr. No Product Description Optimized Thermal Management. Eco Friendly Materials Used (recycle up to 5 times). No UV, No Infrared. Technical Specifications: Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <20% Efficiency: >85% 5. LED Spot Light This product comes in many variants ranging from 6 watts to 30 watts Applications: Commercial and Residential Features: Saves upto 70% Energy as compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Eco Friendly Materials Used (recycle up to 5 times). No UV, No Infrared. White powder coated recess mounting pressure die-cast aluminium housing. Specially designed COB LED die-cast aluminium carriage assembly. Die-cast aluminium carriage assembly provided with heat sink for efficient dissipation of heat important for LED luminaires. Technical Specifications: Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <10%

130 Sr. No Product Description Efficiency: >85% 6. LED PVC Batten This product comes in many variants ranging from 5 watts to 18 watts Applications: Commercial and Residential lighting Features: Upto 70% Energy saving compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Long Life High-power and high efficiency package LED. Optimized Thermal management, Uniform Light. Silent (humming free) operation. Driver is made with high quality& reliable components, ensuring in long life of Driver. Housing is made of PC, ensuring high durability. High impact resistance PC grade diffuser for uniform light distribution. Electrical protection: Output short circuit, Input over voltage shut down, Non-isolated driver. Eco friendly materials used (Recycle up to 5 times) No UV; No Infra Red Technical Specifications: Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <10% Efficiency: >85% 7. LENZ (2X2) Down light This product comes in 36 watts Applications: Commercial complexes, Showrooms, Airport lounges, computer centre, Bank, Hospitals, conferences halls, Design offices, Laboratories, etc. Features:

131 Sr. No Product Description Up to 70% Energy saving compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Long Life High-power and high efficiency package LED. Optimized Thermal management. Eco friendly materials used (Recycle up to 5 times). Coated with polyester powder. No UV, No Infra Red. Retrofits in the standard 575mm cut-out. Technical Specifications: Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <10% Efficiency: >85% 8. 'MAX' Industrial LED Batten This product comes in many variants ranging from 20 watts to 40 watts Applications: Homes / School / Colleges Shops / Office interior Parking/Corridors/Basements Features: Up to 70% Energy saving compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Long Life High-power and high efficiency package LED Optimized Thermal management, Uniform Light Silent (humming free) operation. Driver is made with high quality& reliable components, ensuring in long life of Driver. Channels are made of CRCA extrusion, ensuring high durability, Coated with polyester powder High impact resistance Polycarbonate lux grade diffuser for uniform light distribution. Electrical protection: Output short circuit, Input over voltage shut down, isolated driver. Eco friendly materials used (Recycle up to 5 times) No UV ; No Infra Red

132 Sr. No Product Technical Specifications: Description Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.98 THD: <10% Efficiency: >85% 9. LED AC Street Lights This product comes in many variants ranging from 24 watts to 180 watts Applications: Arterial roads, Main roads, Multi-level junctions, Traffic round-about, Civic centers. etc. Features: Epoxy powder coated pressure die-cast aluminium housing with weatherproof gaskets for LEDs and control gear compartments. Pressure die-cast aluminium frame with heat resistant clear toughened glass and weatherproof gasket fixed with SS screws. LEDs make: CREE LED / Equivalent. Lens make LedLink / Equivalent. Technical Specifications: Power Type: Constant Current Driver Power Factor: >0.95 THD: <10% Efficiency: >85%

133 Sr. No Product Description 10. LED SOLAR STREETLIGHT This product comes in many variants ranging from 9 watts to 90 watts Applications: Boundary Lighting, Small Roads, Rural Road, Parks & Garden, Security lighting, etc. Features: Upto 70% Energy saving compared to CFL light with similar luminous flux. Silent (humming free) operation. Driver is made with high quality& reliable components, ensuring in long life of Driver. Eco friendly materials used (Recycle up to 5 times) No UV; No Infra Red Optimized Thermal management. Die-cast aluminum frame with heat resistance toughened clear glass with SS screws. The streetlight is provided with high efficacy LEDs with colour temp 5700 ±500 Deg K. Lenses have been provided for excellent optical control. Degree of protection: IP65 Technical Specifications: Operating Voltage: 12Vdc/24Vdc Efficiency of Driver: 90%

134 RAW MATERIALS Components MCPCB Drivers/ Streetlights Aluminum Alloy LED/LENS Transformers / Resistors/ Capacitors Description MCPCBs are most widely found in LED technologies, as they reduce the number of LEDs required to produce a specific illumination. A driver is an electrical circuit or other electronic component used to control another circuit or component, such as a high-power transistor, liquid crystal display (LCD), and numerous others. They are usually used to regulate current flowing through a circuit or to control other factors such as other components, some devices in the circuit. The term is often used, for example, for a specialized integrated circuit that controls high-power switches in switched-mode power converters The aluminum is used in the preparation of dies which are further used in casting of the LED Lights. The lighting emitting diode is a p-n junction diode. It is a specially doped diode and made up of a special type of semiconductors. When the light emits in the forward biased, then it is called as a light emitting diode. Applications: Bulb in the homes and industries, Motorcycles & Cars, Mobile Phones, Traffic Signals. Transformers: A transformer is a static electrical device that transfers electrical energy between two or more circuits through electromagnetic induction. Transformers are used to increase or decrease the alternating voltages in electric power applications. Resistors: A resistor is a passive two-terminal electrical component that implements electrical resistance as a circuit element. In electronic circuits, resistors are used to reduce current flow, adjust signal levels, to divide voltages, bias active elements, and terminate transmission lines, among other uses Capacitors: A capacitor is a passive two-terminal electrical component that stores potential energy in an electric field. The effect of a capacitor is known as capacitance. Capacitors are widely used in electronic circuits for blocking direct current while allowing alternating current to pass. Page 133 of 335

135 MANUFACTURING PROCESS Step 1: Designing and Sample Preparation: Our Company has in-house design team which creates designs based on Luminaire Light output (Lumens), Luminaire Efficacy (Lumens per watt), Correlated Colour Temperature (degrees Kelvin), Colour-Rendering Index (CRI), Surge Protection required characteristics. Designing process involves selection of LED s based on either on existing performance or on the application s requirements of luminaries, selection of LED drivers based on surge protection, best efficiency, Optics, Light output (Target Area). Based on the parameters, prototype is prepared & observations are recorded for further refine in the design of the Luminaries before sending to clients for approval. Page 134 of 335

136 Step 2: Components Procurement: Our Company get the design approved by the client for confirmation that it is as per the requirement. Generally, once the orders are placed by the clients, Bill of Material list is prepared based on finalized / approved designs. Purchase Department will identify & finalized the suppliers for the procurement of the raw material. Raw material will undergo for inward quality check & approve to deliver to company warehouse / Stores. Step 3: Placing LED s on MCPCB: MCPCB (Metal Clad Printed Circuit Board) is Solder wave for loading LED s which is placed in Pick N Place SMT machine and visual check for deviation, if any. LED s loaded on MCPCB is subject to 6 - zone temperature for proper adhesion. Further, MCPCB is tested for GO & NO-GO & finally sent to stores / assembly line as per scheduled plan. Step 4: Manufacturing of PCB: Production team issue Electronic Components (LED Drivers / Solar Charge Controller) & PCB (Printed Circuit Board). PCB is glued for loading SDM (Surface Mount Device) Electronic components which is placed in Pick N Place SMT machine and visual check for deviation, if any. PCB is subject to 6 - zone temperature for proper adhesion and again visual check for deviation, if any. Electronic component is loaded on PCB through Solder wave machine and again visual check for deviation, if any. PCB is wired for connection & tested for various critical parameters to decide on GO & NO-GO & finally sent to stores / Luminaries assembly line as per scheduled plan. Step 5: Luminaries: Under this process all the manufactured components are assembled for preparation of Luminaries. Precoated LED fixtures & back of MCPCB are thermally pasted for thermal dissipation. LED drivers are wired to MCPCB which is affixed to LED fixtures and then it is tested to decide for GO & NO-GO visual check for deviation, if any. Further, Optics (Lens, diffusers, glass) is fixed to LED fixture. LED Luminaries are passed through 6-hours soak test under various voltages & finally the LED Luminaries are labelled. Step 6: Quality Check: Firstly, LED luminaries are undergone internal quality check test for various critical electrical parameters on sample basis. The sample test of LED luminaries includes High voltage test, high temperature & humidity test & Low temperature test in environment chamber & cold chamber in operational condition respectively, shock test, Photometry test for checking optimal parameters, surge test, water proof test & drop test to check packaging safety. Clients send their team for testing the product so manufactured which is in the same line of internal quality checks by representative of clients. Step 7: Packing: After quality checks, each luminaire is shrink wrapped, labelled & packaged in Mono / Outer Mother Boxes & strapped for delivery to the clients. Page 135 of 335

137 OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS Government Contracts Experienced management & work force Availability of comprehensive value chain inhouse Cordial relationship between management and labour COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS Established Manufacturing Facility Existing relationship with the clients Cost Leadership and time bound execution Focus on Quality and Innovation 1. Experienced management & work force Our Company believes that our management has contributed to the growth of our business operations. Our Company believe that the experience of our management team has resulted in planning the growth and marketing strategy. 2. Availability of comprehensive value chain in-house Our Company is into manufacturing of LED luminaries for indoor as well as outdoor requirement. In addition to this, one of our Group Company manufactures high power LED emitters (light source). Electro Plast, is engaged into fabrication, powder coating and molding etc. Electro Force, is engaged in tool room, molding and press tool components. Electro Pack, is engaged in packaging operations. This entire set of activities, completes the value chain by providing the synergy of backward as well as forward integration. 3. Established Manufacturing Facility Our existing manufacturing facility is located at Vasai, in the state of Maharashtra. Our competitive strength is that our Company have in-house facility to manufacture components used in manufacturing LED luminaries and the final finished product. From a design on paper to the final product, the entire process is done under one roof except for the casting of Product. This gives us flexibility in designing products and engineer them for manufacturing, as the dependence on third party for supplies is minimal. 4. Focus on Quality and Innovation Our Company believe that quality and innovation are essential in the growth of business. Our Management constantly strive to maintain and improve the quality of our products. Our focus on quality and innovation helps us to compete against our peers in the LED manufacturing industry. Our Company Page 136 of 335

138 is trying to create a shift from fossil fuel consuming source of energy to clean and green sources such as solar energy. Our Company is offering solar energy- based lighting solutions to cope up with the power shortages. 5. Cost Leadership and time bound execution Our Company promotes cost leadership and timely execution of client s orders. The timely fulfilment of the orders is a prerequisite in our industry and the cost leadership entails cost efficient manufacturing processes. Our management has carried out various steps for the purpose which involves identification of quality raw materials, harmonious relations with workforce and the use of latest and manufacturing facilities which enhanced our ability to meet large and varied orders on a timely basis. Our Company has cordial relations with our vendors which enable us to have raw materials supplied at shorter notice also, which ultimately helps us to complete the client order. Our Company constantly endeavours to implement procurement policy for inputs required for manufacturing so as to ensure cost efficiency in procurement which in turn results in cost effective manufacturing. 6. Existing relationship with the clients Our Company focus on building client relationship and constantly try to cater customer needs with products in demand. Since our Company is engaged in B2B business model, our existing clients provide us repetitive orders for continuous services. Our Company believes that our existing relationship serves as an advantage in gaining new clients and increasing our business with existing clients. 7. Cordial relationship between management and labour Management of our Company believes in maintaining cordial relations with all the staff in the organization whether it is Board of Directors or the employees monitoring the manufacturing process. Our management has tried to take care of the requirements and expectations of the labourers. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus our Company does not have any union of our employees and have not faced any strikes, lock outs or any other labour protests in our organization since the inception of our business. 8. Government Contracts Our Company has received Letter of award for Supply of LED street light for SLNP in Gram Panchayats of Andhra Pradesh vide letter dated December 21, 2017 against our tender to supply street lights. The contract is worth Rs Lakhs which is received from KEONICS (Karnataka State Electronics Development Corporation Limited) for the manufacture and supply of 10,000 24W LED street lights. Page 137 of 335

139 OUR STRATEGIES Our vision is to raise our market share in the existing markets and to penetrate new markets. Expanding our customer base Revenue Growth Improving functional efficiency Invest in Infrastructur e & Technology Leveraging our Marketing skills & Relationship Brand Image Business Strategy Enhancing existing product base and quality 1. Brand image Our Company intend to build our brand primarily through continued investment in product innovation supported by various initiatives, marketing activities and the establishment of long term relationships with our clients. Our Company is conscious about our brand image and intend to continue our brand building exercise by providing products as per the client s requirements. 2. Invest in Infrastructure and Technology Our Company believes in making investments for continuously Developing our products to cater to the diverse specifications of our clients. Our Company in the past have invested in upgrading our manufacturing facilities for infrastructure and modern technology. Our Company shall always try to upgrade and modernize infrastructure and technology in future. 3. Expansion in Capex Our Company supplies products directly to OEMs or to the wholesalers or to the traders and as our existing installed capacity is sufficient to be able to supply them. With our expansion plans and increased capacity in the future we will be able to supply more to our existing clients and be in a position to get new clients. 4. Leveraging our Marketing skills and Relationship Leveraging our marketing skills and relationship is a continuous process in our organization. Our Company aim to undertake marketing initiatives as well to increase our brand visibility. 5. Enhancing existing products base and product quality Our Company believe products with global standards are of much importance for customer retention and repeat-order flow. Our Company intend to have close interaction with our customers in a bid to strengthen our relationships with them and enabling us to understand the market perception and demand. Our Company train our employees to consistently design and deliver client focused solutions. Page 138 of 335

140 SWOT ANALYSIS OF OUR COMPANY Strengths: Cordial relations with Customers. Knowledge of Industry Commercial &Technical. Established manufacturing facility. Huge infrastructure. Low overhead cost. Sizeable market share. Experienced management team. Weakness: Dependent upon growth in LED Lighting industry. Inability to update technology. Insufficient international markets reach. Surge in finance needs to cope up with the increased demand. Opportunities: Shift towards LED Lights will boost demand. Growing acceptance by Consumers. Government s drive to convert all lights to LEDs. Rapid urbanization and growth in infrastructure will create demand for LED Lights. Threats: Industry is prone to changes in government policies, any material changes in the duty or international raw material prices may adversely impact our financials. There are no entry barriers in our industry for new entrance. Change in Technology. DETAILS OF OUR BUSINESS LOCATION Our Company has office and manufacturing units in Maharashtra: Registered & Manufacturing Office: Gala No. 103, 104, 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane , Maharashtra, India. Corporate Office: Office 201A, A wing, 2nd floor, Fortune 2000, G- Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai For further details of ownership/ lease of the above locations, please refer to Business Overview Properties on page no. 124 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. EXISTING MANUFACTURING FACILITY Our manufacturing facility includes plant and machinery for SMD, wave solder, shrink wrap, strapping, soaking, die sinking, milling, drill press, high press & forming machine. PLANT AND MACHINERY Page 139 of 335

141 The existing Plant and Machinery at our Manufacturing Units are: Sr. No. Machine & Testing Equipments No. Vendor Model No. 1. SMD Semi Automatic Printer 1 Signking Automation, Taiwan SKP SMT Pick & Place Machine 1 Evest Corpn., Taiwan EM M 3. Reflow Oven 1 TWS Automation, Germany OV Wave Solder Machine 1 TWS Automation, Germany LFS Shrink Wrap Machine 1 Star Print Pack Machinery, NA Mumbai, India 6. Strapping Machine 2 Hussain Packaging, Daman, NA India 7. Automatic Soaking Machines 2 Dewa Automation, Nasik, NA India Ton Injection Moulding 2 Nissie, Japan FN , 110 T Machine Ton Injection Moulding 1 Arburg, Germany Arburg Machine 10. Vertical Machining Center 1 Makino, Japan Makino F3 11. Surface Grinder 1 Chavalier, USA FSG 618 M 12. EDM - Wire Cut 1 Sodick AG 600L 13. EDM - Wire Cut 1 Charmilles Robofil 290P 14. EDM - Die Sinking 1 Makino Edge2 15. EDM - Die Sinking 1 Chmer 50 NZ 16. EDM - Drill Press 1 Chmer A22-6mm /30A 17. Vertical Machining Center 1 Makino F3 18. Vertical Turret Milling 1 ESTEAM SP TM machine 19. Vertical Turret Milling 1 Chavalier FM- 4VKH machine 20. High Speed Power Press 3 Brudrer BSTA 18/25/ 50A 21. Multislide Forming Machine 3 YSM 10T/26T/ 26TX INSTALLED CAPACITY Capacity and capacity utilization for the last three years: Product Particulars For the Financial Year LED Drivers Installed capacity (Units) 6,00, ,00,000 Utilized capacity (Units) 3,77,000 1,98,200 1,74,500 Utilized capacity (%) 63.00% 39.64% 34.90% LED Luminaries Installed capacity (Units) 7,20,000 6,00,000 6,00,000 Utilized capacity (Units) 4,72,500 3,09,500 2,81,000 Utilized capacity (%) 66.00% 51.58% 46.83% Page 140 of 335

142 UTILITIES Water Our Company requires supply of water only for general purpose for which a water tanker is purchased on a daily basis from local tanker services. Water is not required at any manufacturing process of the products. Power Manufacturing Unit: Our company has entered into an electricity sharing agreement with Electro Force (India) Private Limited (EFIPL) on a prorate basis whereby the EFIPL holds electricity connection with Maharashtra State Electricity Distribution Company Limited (MSEDL) and has agreed to share the electricity consumption charges based on the actual units consumed by our company in a month. EFIPL shall charge a rate of Rs. 9.50/- per unit on our actual power consumption. Actual power consumption is computed from the sub meter installed in the factory premises and the readings are taken on monthly basis for the purpose. Corporate Office: Our existing power requirement for the administrative office is catered from Tata Power Limited. Our sanctioned power load is KW and our existing consumption is approximately 5,500 units per month at an average cost of Rs /- per unit approximately. SALES AND MARKETING Our Company is in process of appointing sales personnel and marketing team for marketing our products. Our relationship with our clients who have been associated with our company is the strength of our Company. Our promoter and director Praveen Agarwal through his experience and rapport with the clients plays an instrumental role in creating and expanding the work platform for our company. Regular interaction is ensured not only to maintain the client base but also to gain insight into the designs and other requirements of the clients. COMPETITION LED Lighting being a dynamic global industry, our Company face competition from various domestic manufacturers and traders. The organized players in the industry compete with each other by providing high quality and time bound products. Our Company have a number of competitors offering products similar to us. Our Company believe that the principal elements of competition in our industry are price, quality, sustained relationship with existing clients and vendors, use of technically upgraded plant and machinery, latest designs, adaptability of trends, timely delivery and reliability. Our Company compete against our competitors by establishing ourselves as knowledge based production unit with industry expertise in the segment which enables us to provide our clients with innovative designs suitable to current trend and market requirements. COLLABORATION As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus our company has no technical or financial collaboration agreement. HUMAN RESOURCES The manufacturing process requires an appropriate mix of skilled, semi skilled and unskilled workforce. The detailed break up of our employees as on January 2019 is as under: Page 141 of 335

143 Departments No. of Employees Our Company Co. Contract 3rd Party Contract ADMIN 7 FABRICATION 1 Luminaire 9 M I 5 PCB 3 QC 2 R &D 2 SMD 1 Store 2 Other -Contractor 11 75** Total * Company - Contractor ** Company - Third Party Contract (Third Party Contract is done on Manhour basis) EXPORT AND EXPORT OBLIGATION As on the date of filing this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any pending export obligations. PROPERTIES Our Registered office and manufacturing facility are located at Artemis Complex, Gala No. 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane , Maharashtra, India. The details of Property occupied, leased or owned by the Company are as under: A. OWNED Sr. No. Location Area Utility 1. Land bearing Industrial Plot No. IP-33- A, 800 Sq. Khasara No. 84 situated at Raipur Sahakari Meters Audyogic Khestra, Village Raipur, Pargana Bhagwanpur, Tehsil Roorkee, District Haridwar, Uttarakhand. 2. Land bearing Industrial Plot No. IP-33, Khasara No. 84 situated at Raipur Sahakari Audyogic Khestra, Village Ripur, Pargana Bhagwanpur, Tehsil Roorkee, District Haridwar, Uttarakhand. 3. Office 201A, A wing,2 nd floor, Fortune 2000, G- Block, Bandra Kurla Complex, Bandra (East), Mumbai Sq. Meters Sq. Meters Industrial Land Industrial Land Corporate Office Date of Agreement Agreement / Acquisition Valid till October 14, 2009 NA February 20, 2010 NA December 22, 2017 NA Page 142 of 335

144 Sr. No. A. FOR LEAVE AND LICENSE Location Area Utility 1) Gala No. 103, 104, 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane INSURANCE POLICIES Sq. Feet Registered Office and Manufacturin g Facility Date of Agreement / Acquisition Agreement Valid till Licensor 14/01/ /11/2020 M/s. P.K. Hospitality Services Private Limited Our Company has insurance coverage which we consider reasonably sufficient to cover all normal risks associated with our operations and which we believe is in accordance with the industry standards. Sr. No. Name of Insurer 1. United India Insurance Company Limited Type of Policy Standard fire & Special Perils Policy and Add on Earthquake and STFI Cover INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY Validity Period 16/07/2018 to 15/07/2019 Description of coverage under the policy Manufacturing Unit (Electronic Goods Manufacturing /Assembly) and addon cover of Earthquake and STFI Policy no P Sum Insured ( ) 15,00,00, 000 For details relating to our patents and trademarks please refer chapter titles Government and other Statutory Approvals beginning on page 235 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Premiu m P.A ( ) 57,968 Page 143 of 335

145 KEY INDUSTRY - REGULATIONS AND POLICIES Except as otherwise specified in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Companies Act, 1956 / the Companies Act, 2013, We are subject to a number of central and state legislations which regulate substantive and procedural aspects of our business. Additionally, our operations require sanctions from the concerned authorities, under the relevant Central and State legislations and local bye laws. The following is an overview of some of the important laws, policies and regulations which are pertinent to our business as a player in business of manufacturing and trading of Light Emitting Diode "LED" Lights and LED lighting accessories. Taxation statutes such as the I.T. Act, and applicable Labour laws, environmental laws, contractual laws, intellectual property laws as the case may be, apply to us as they do to any other Indian company. The statements below are based on the current provisions of Indian law, and the judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, which are subject to change or modification by subsequent legislative, regulatory, administrative or judicial decisions. The regulations set out below may not be exhaustive, and are only intended to provide general information to Applicants and is neither designed nor intended to be a substitute for professional legal advice. For the purpose of the business undertaken by our Company, our Company is required to comply with various laws, statutes, rules, regulations, executive orders, etc. that may be applicable from time to time. The details of such approvals have more particularly been described for your reference in the chapter titled Government and Other Statutory Approvals beginning on page number 235 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus I. Industry Related Laws The Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 In order to promote and enhance the competitiveness of Micro, Small and Medium Enterprise (MSME) the act is enacted. A National Board shall be appointed and established by the Central Government for MSME enterprise with its head office at Delhi in the case of the enterprises engaged in the manufacture or production of goods pertaining to any industry mentioned in first schedule to Industries (Development and regulation) Act, 1951 as micro enterprise, where the investment in plant and machinery does not exceed twenty-five lakh rupees; Small enterprise, where the investment in plant and machinery is more than twenty-five lakh rupees but does not exceed five crore rupees; or a medium enterprise, where the investment in plant and machinery is more than five crore but does not exceed ten crore rupees and in the case of the enterprise engaged in the services, Micro enterprise, where the investment in equipment does not exceed ten lakh rupees, Small Enterprise where the investment in equipment is more than ten lakh rupees but does not exceed two crore rupees, or Medium Enterprise where the investment in equipment is more than two crore rupees but does not exceed five crore rupees. Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992 In India, exports and imports are regulated by the Foreign Trade (Development and Regulation) Act, 1992 ("FTDRA"), which seeks to develop and regulate foreign trade by facilitating imports into India and augmenting exports from India. Pursuant to the provisions of the FTDRA, every importer and exporter in India must obtain an IEC from the Director General of Foreign Trade ("DGFT") or from any other officer duly authorised under the FTDRA. Failure to obtain the IEC number may lead to penal action under the FTDRA. Further, the DGFT is authorised to suspend or cancel IEC in case of (i) contravention by any person of the provisions of FTDRA or the foreign trade policy or any law relating to central excise or customs or foreign exchange or commission of any other economic offence under any other law specified by the Central Government or (ii) making an export or import in a manner prejudicial to the trade relations of India with any foreign country or to the interests of other persons engaged in imports or exports or bringing disrepute to the credit or the goods of, or services or technology, provided from the country or (iii) importing or Page 144 of 335

146 II. exporting specified goods or services or technology, in contravention of any provision of FTDRA or any rules or orders made thereunder or the foreign trade policy. Where any IEC number granted to a person has been suspended or cancelled, the person shall not be entitled to import or export any goods or services or technology except under a special license, granted by the DGFT to that person in a manner and subject to conditions as may be prescribed. The Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 2016 ( BIS Act ) The BIS Act, establishes, publishes and regulates national standards to ensure conformity assessment, standardisation, and quality assurance of goods, articles, processes, systems and services. The BIS Act empowers the Bureau of Indian Standards to inspect and monitor the quality of goods and materials to ensure conformity with the BIS Act. In furtherance of such powers, the officials may inspect the premises for evaluating a manufacturer s compliance with use of standard marks. The BIS Act also enables the central government to appoint any authority to verify the conformity of products and services to a standard and issue certificate of conformity. Further, the BIS Act sets out inter alia, liability for use of standard mark on products that do not conform to the relevant Indian Standard. Under the BIS Act, such products may be recalled from the market. Industrial (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 The Industrial (Development and Regulation) Act, 1951 has been liberalized under the New Industrial Policy dated July 24, 1991, and all industrial undertakings are exempt from licensing except for certain industries such as distillation and brewing of alcoholic drinks, cigars and cigarettes of tobacco and manufactured tobacco substitutes, all types of electronic aerospace and defence equipment, industrial explosives including detonating fuses, safety fuses, gun powder, nitrocellulose and matches and hazardous chemicals and those reserved for the small scale sector. An industrial undertaking, which is exempt from licensing, is required to file an Industrial Entrepreneurs Memorandum ("IEM") with the Secretariat for Industrial Assistance, Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India. The Legal Metrology Act, 2009 ( Legal Metrology Act ) The Legal Metrology Act seeks to establish and enforce standards of weights and measures, regulate trade and commerce in weights, measures and other goods which are sold or distributed by weight, measure or number. The Legal Metrology Act and rules framed thereunder regulate inter alia, the labelling and packaging of commodities, verification of weights and measures used, and lists penalties for offences and compounding of offences under it. The Controller of Legal Metrology Department is the competent authority to grant the license under the Legal Metrology Act. Any manufacturer dealing instruments for weights and measuring of goods must procure a license from the state department under the Legal Metrology Act. Non-compliance or any violation under the Legal Metrology Act, may result in inter alia a monetary penalty on the manufacturer or seizure of goods. Labour Laws The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 and Industrial Dispute (Central) Rules, 1957 The Industrial Disputes Act, 1947 ("ID Act") was enacted to make provision for investigation and settlement of industrial disputes and for other purposes specified therein. Workmen under the ID Act have been provided with several benefits and are protected under various labour legislations, whilst those persons who have been classified as managerial employees and earning salary beyond a prescribed amount may not generally be afforded statutory benefits or protection, except in certain cases. Employees may also be subject to the terms of their employment contracts with their employer, which contracts are regulated by the provisions of the Indian Contract Act, The ID Act also sets out certain requirements in relation to Page 145 of 335

147 the termination of the services of the workman s services. This includes detailed procedure prescribed for resolution of disputes with labour, removal and certain financial obligations up on retrenchment. The Industrial Dispute (Central) Rules, 1957 specify procedural guidelines for lock outs, closures, lay-offs and retrenchment. Factories Act, 1948 The Factories Act, 1948 ("Factories Act") seeks to regulate labour employed in factories and makes provisions for the safety, health and welfare of the workers. The term factory, as defined under the Factories Act, means any premises which employs or has employed on any day in the previous 12 (twelve) months, 10 (ten) or more workers and in which any manufacturing process is carried on with the aid of power, or any premises wherein 20 (twenty) or more workmen are employed at any day during the preceding 12 (twelve) months and in which any manufacturing process is carried on without the aid of power. An occupier of a factory under the Factories Act, means the person who has ultimate control over the affairs of the factory. The occupier or manager of the factory is required to obtain a registration for the factory. The Factories Act also requires inter alia the maintenance of various registers dealing with safety, labour standards, holidays and extent of child labour including their conditions. Further, notice of accident or dangerous occurrence in the factory is to be provided to the inspector by the manager of the factory. Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970 ("CLRA") is an act to regulate the employment of contract labour in certain establishments and to provide for its abolition in certain circumstances. The CLRA applies to every establishment in which 20 (twenty) or more workmen are employed or were employed on any day of the preceding 12 (twelve) months as contract labour. It also applies to every contractor who employs or who employed on any day of the preceding 12 (twelve) months, 20 (twenty) or more workmen provided that the appropriate Government may after giving not less than 2 (two) months' notice, by notification in the Official Gazette, apply the provisions of the CLRA to any establishment or contractor. Further, it contains provisions regarding Central and State Advisory Board under the CLRA, registration of establishments, and prohibition of employment of contract labour in any process, operation or other work in any establishment by the notification from the State Board, licensing of contractors and welfare and health of the contract labour. The Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Central Rules, 1971 are formulated to carry out the purpose of the CLRA. The Employees Compensation Act, 1923 The Employees Compensation Act, 1923 ("EC Act") has been enacted with the objective to provide for the payment of compensation to workmen by employers for injuries caused by accident(s) arising out of and in the course of employment, and for occupational diseases resulting in death or disablement. The EC Act makes every employer liable to pay compensation in accordance with the EC Act if a personal injury/disablement/ loss of life is caused to a workman by accident arising out of and in the course of his employment. In case the employer fails to pay compensation due under the EC Act within 1 (one) month from the date it falls due, the commissioner appointed under the EC Act may direct the employer to pay the compensation amount along with interest and may also impose a penalty. The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 The Employees State Insurance Act, 1948 ("ESI Act") provides for certain benefits to employees in case of sickness, maternity and employment injury. All employees in establishments covered by the ESI Act are required to be insured, with an obligation imposed on the employer to make certain contributions in relation thereto. Employers of factories and establishments covered under the ESI Act are required to pay contributions to the Employees State Insurance Corporation, in respect of each employee at the rate Page 146 of 335

148 prescribed by the Central Government. Companies which are controlled by the Government are exempt from this requirement if employees receive benefits similar or superior to the benefits prescribed under the ESI Act. In addition, the employer is also required to register itself under the ESI Act and maintain prescribed records and registers. The Employees Provident Fund and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 The Employees Provident Funds and Miscellaneous Provisions Act, 1952 ("EPF Act") was introduced with the object to institute compulsory provident fund for the benefit of employees in factories and other establishments. The EPF Act provides for the institution of provident funds and pension funds for employees in establishments where more than 20 (twenty) persons are employed and factories specified in Schedule I of the EPF Act. Under the EPF Act, the Central Government has framed the "Employees Provident Fund Scheme", "Employees Deposit-linked Insurance Scheme" and the "Employees Family Pension Scheme". Liability is imposed on the employer and the employee to contribute to the funds mentioned above, in the manner specified in the statute. There is also a requirement to maintain prescribed records and registers and filing of forms with the concerned authorities. The EPF Act also prescribes penalties for avoiding payments required to be made under the abovementioned schemes. The Employees Pension Scheme, 1995 Family pension in relation to this act means the regular monthly amount payable to a person belonging to the family of the member of the Family Pension Fund in the event of his death during the period of reckonable service. The scheme shall apply to all the employees who become a member of the EPF or PF of the factories provided that the age of the employee should not be more than 58 years in order to be eligible for membership under this act. Every employee who is member of EPF or PF has an option of the joining scheme. The employer shall prepare a Family Pension Fund contribution card in respect of the entire employee who is member of the fund. Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 Equal Remuneration Act, 1976 provides for payment of equal remuneration to men and women workers and for prevention discrimination, on the ground of sex, against female employees in the matters of employment and for matters connected therewith. Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 The purpose of Maternity Benefit Act, 1961 is to regulate the employment of pregnant women and to ensure that the get paid leave for a specified period before and after child birth. It provides, inter-alia, for payment of maternity benefits, medical bonus and enacts prohibitions on dismissal, reduction of wages paid to pregnant women, etc. The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 In order to curb the rise in sexual harassment of women at workplace, this act was enacted for prevention and redressal of complaints and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The terms sexual harassment and workplace are both defined in the act. Every employer should also constitute an Internal Complaints Committee and every officer and member of the company shall hold office for a period of not exceeding three years from the date of nomination. Any aggrieved woman can make a complaint in writing to the Internal Committee in relation to sexual harassment of female at workplace. Every employer has a duty to provide a safe working environment at workplace which shall include safety from the persons coming into contact at the workplace, organising awareness programs and workshops, display of rules relating to the sexual harassment at any conspicuous part of the workplace, provide necessary facilities to the internal or local committee for dealing with the complaint, such other procedural requirements to Page 147 of 335

149 assess the complaints. The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 The Payment of Bonus Act, 1965 ("PB Act") is applicable to every factory and every other establishment employing 20 (twenty) or more persons. According to the provisions of the PB Act, every employer shall be bound to pay to every employee in respect of the accounting year minimum and maximum bonus and linking the payment of bonus with the production and productivity. The Minimum Wages Act, 1948 The Minimum Wages Act, 1948 ("MW Act") came in to force with the objective to provide for the fixation of a minimum wage payable by the employer to the employee. Under the MW Act, the appropriate government is authorised to fix the minimum wages to be paid to the persons employed in scheduled or non-scheduled employment. Every employer is required to pay not less than the minimum wages to all employees engaged to do any work whether skilled, unskilled, and manual or clerical (including outworkers) in any employment listed in the schedule to the MW Act, in respect of which minimum rates of wages have been fixed or revised under the MW Act. The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 The Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972 ("PG Act") applies to every factory and shop or establishment in which 10 (ten) or more employees are employed. Gratuity is payable to an employee on the termination of his employment after he has rendered continuous service for not less than 5 (five) years: a) On his/her superannuation; b) On his/her retirement or resignation; c) On his/her death or disablement due to accident or disease (in this case the minimum requirement of 5 (five) years does not apply) The Payment of Wages Act, 1936 The Payment of Wages Act, 1936 ("PW Act") is applicable to the payment of wages to persons in factories and other establishments. PW Act ensures that wages that are payable to the employee are disbursed by the employer within the prescribed time limit and no deductions other than those prescribed by the law are made by the employer. Child Labour Prohibition and Regulation Act, 1986 The Child Labour Prohibition and Regulation Act 1986 prohibits employment of children below 14 years of age in certain occupations and processes and provides for regulation of employment of children in all other occupations and processes. Employment of Child Labour in our industry is prohibited as per Part B (Processes) of the Schedule. Trade Union Act, 1926 and Trade Union (Amendment) Act, 2001 Provisions of the Trade Union Act, 1926 provides that any dispute between employers and workmen or between workmen and workmen, or between employers and employers which is connected with the employment, or non-employment, or the terms of employment or the conditions of labour, of any person shall be treated as trade dispute. For every trade dispute a trade union has to be formed. For the purpose of Trade Union Act, 1926, Trade Union means combination, whether temporary or permanent, formed primarily for the purpose of regulating the relations between workmen and employers or between workmen and workmen, or between employers and employers, or for imposing restrictive condition on the conduct of any trade or business etc. Page 148 of 335

150 The Maharashtra Labour Welfare Act, 1953 The Maharashtra Labour Welfare Fund Act, 1953 provides for the constitution of a fund for the financing of activities to promote welfare of labour in the state of Maharashtra. Any establishment which is covered under the Bombay Shops and Establishments Act, 1948 or employs at least 5 employees is required to make bi-annual contributions in the months of June and December every year to the Maharashtra Labour Welfare Fund with respect to each of its employees including contract labourers except those employed in managerial capacity or supervisory role drawing monthly salary of more than Rs.3,500. For this purpose, apart from paying its own contribution with respect to each employee covered under the statute, the employer needs to deduct a contribution amount from the salary of the employee as well and submit such amount to the labour welfare fund. For this purpose, employers are allotted code numbers. The Government also adds some contribution with this which goes to the Labour Welfare Fund administered by a Welfare Commissioner. The employer has to apply for allotment of code number to the Welfare Commissioner, Maharashtra Labour Welfare Board. Inter-State Migrant Workmen s (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979 The Inter-State Migrant Workmen s (Regulation of Employment and Conditions of Service) Act, 1979 is applicable to an establishment, which employs five or more inter-state migrant workmen through an intermediary (who has recruited workmen from one State for employment in an establishment situated in another State). The inter State migrant workmen, in an establishment to which this Act becomes applicable, are required to be provided certain facilities such as housing, medical aid, travel expenses etc. Sales Promotion Employees (Conditions and Services) Act, 1976 Sales Promotion Employees (Conditions and Services) Act, 1976 was enacted with the aim and object to provide for regulation of certain conditions of service of sales promotion employees in certain establishments. The extension of this Act is provided over all Indian territory and the same was brought into force on 6th May of 1987 by the notification of the Central Government. This act was initially applicable only to pharmaceutical companies however pursuant to the Ministry of labour Employment Notification No. SO 217 (E) dated January 31, 2011the act now applies to many other industries which includes industries engaged in the manufacturing of electrical appliances It provides for issue of appointment letter to the Sales Promotion Employees and Maintenance of Registers. It also provides for hours of work and leave on Medical grounds to the Sales Promotion Employees. III. Environment Laws The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 ("EPA") is an umbrella legislation designed to provide a framework for the government to coordinate the activities of various central and state authorities established under various laws, such as the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974, the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981, etc. The EPA vests with the Government the power to take any measure it deems necessary or expedient for protecting and improving the quality of the environment and preventing and controlling environmental pollution. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 ("Water Act") aims to prevent and control water pollution by factories and manufacturing units and to maintain and restore the quality and wholesomeness of water. Page 149 of 335

151 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 ("Air Act") provides for the prevention, control and abatement of air pollution. Pursuant to the provisions of the Air Act, any person establishing or operating any industrial plant within an air pollution control area, must obtain the consent of the relevant state pollution control board prior to establishing or operating such industrial plant. The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 The Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 ( Hazardous Wastes Rules ) set out the regulations for management and disposal of environmental waste. It mandates that every facility generating hazardous waste must obtain prior approval from the relevant state pollution control board. Particular attention must be paid to the recycling the hazardous waste. In the case of improper handling and disposal, every occupier transporter and the operator of a facility generating hazardous waste are liable for environmental damage and penalties thereunder. The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 ("Public Liability Act"), along with the Public Liability Insurance Rules, 1991, require the owner to contribute towards the environment relief fund of a sum equal to the insurance premium paid to the insurer. Further, a liability is imposed on the owner or controller of hazardous substances, in relation to death/injury of a person, or any damage to property arising out of an accident involving such hazardous substances. Vide notification, the Central Government has enumerated a list of hazardous substances covered by the legislation. IV. Tax Laws Income Tax Act, 1961 The Income Tax Act, 1961 deals with the taxation of individuals, corporate, partnership firms and others. As per the provisions of this Act the rates at which they are required to pay tax is calculated on the income declared by them or assessed by the authorities, after availing the deductions and concessions accorded under the Act. The maintenance of books of Accounts and relevant supporting documents and registers are mandatory under the Act. Filing of returns of Income is compulsory for all assesses. The maintenance of books of Accounts and relevant supporting documents and registers are mandatory under the Act. The Central Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 (the "GST Act") The Government of India proposed a comprehensive national goods and services tax ("GST") regime that would combine taxes and levies by the Central and State Governments into a unified rate structure. In this regard, the Constitution (101 Amendment) Act 2016, which received presidential assent on September 8, 2016, enabled the Government of India and State Government to introduce GST. Accordingly, GST was enacted to make a provision for levy and collection of tax on supply of goods or services or both and was made effective from July 1, GST is a destination based tax levied on supply of goods and services. GST is levied on all transactions such as sale, transfer, purchase, barter, lease, or import of goods and/or services. India adopted a dual GST model, meaning that taxation is administered by both the Union and State Governments. Transactions made within a single state are levied with Central GST (CGST) by the Central Government and State GST (SGST) by the Government of that State. For inter-state transactions and imported goods or services, an Integrated GST (IGST) is levied by the Central Government. GST will be levied on all stages of the supply chain till the final sale to consumers, providing ITC the supply chain. Page 150 of 335

152 It replaces following indirect taxes and duties at the central and state levels: Central Excise Duty, Duties of Excise (Medicinal and Toilet Preparations), additional duties on excise goods of special importance, textiles and textile products, commonly known as CVD special additional duty of customs, service tax, central and state surcharges and cesses relating to supply of goods and services, state VAT, Central Sales Tax, Luxury Tax, Entry Tax (all forms), Entertainment and Amusement Tax (except when levied by local bodies), taxes on advertisements, purchase tax, taxes on lotteries, betting and gambling. It is applicable on all goods except for alcohol for human consumption and five petroleum products. Taxpayers with an aggregate turnover of Rs. 20 lakhs would be exempt from tax. The exemption threshold for special category of states like North-East shall be Rs. 10 lakhs. Small taxpayers with an aggregate turnover in preceding financial year upto Rs.1.5 crore (75 lakhs in case of North Eastern States) may opt for composition levy. Under GST, goods and services are taxed at the following rates, 0%, 5%, 12% and 18%, 28%. There is a special rate of 0.25% on rough precious and semi-precious stones and 3% on gold. In addition a cess of 15% or other rates on top of 28% GST applies on few items like aerated drinks, luxury cars and tobacco products. The rate of tax for CGST and SGST/UTGST shall not exceed 2.5% in case of restaurants etc. 1% of the turnover in state/ut in case of manufacturer 0.5% of the turnover in state/ UT in case of other supplier Export and supplies to SEZ shall be treated as zero-rated supplies. Import of goods and services would be treated as inter-state supplies. Every person liable to take registration under these Acts shall do so within a period of 30 days from the date on which he becomes liable to registration. The Central/State authority shall issue the registration certificate upon receipt of application. The Certificate shall contain fifteen digit registration number known as Goods and Service Tax Identification Number (GSTIN). In case a person has multiple business verticals in multiple location in a state, a separate application will be made for registration of each and every location. The registered assessee are then required to pay GST as per the rules applicable thereon and file the appropriate returns as applicable thereon. The Maharashtra Goods and Services Tax Act, 2017 is applicable to the State of Maharashtra. The Maharashtra State Tax on Profession, Trades, Callings and Employments Act, 1975 This act is also called as The Maharashtra State Tax on Professions, Trade, Callings and Employments Act, Profession Tax means the tax on Professions, Trades, Callings and Employments levied under this Act. Profession Tax is a Tax may be imposed on Professions and Employments even though the employee is already paying an income tax. It is a tax on Professions, Trades, Callings and Employments for raising the resources needed for implementing the Employment Guarantee Scheme of the Maharashtra State Govt. and to provide for establishment of the Employment Guarantee Fund. Customs Act, 1962 The provisions of the Customs Act, 1962 and rules made there under are applicable at the time of import of goods i.e. bringing into India from a place outside India or at the time of export of goods i.e. taken out of India to a place outside India. Any Company requiring to import or export any goods is first required to get it registered and obtain an IEC (Importer Exporter Code). Imported goods in India attract basic customs duty, additional customs duty and education cess. The rates of basic customs duty are specified under the Customs Tariff Act Customs duty is calculated on the transaction value of the goods. Customs duties are administrated by Central Board of Excise and Customs under the Ministry of Finance. Page 151 of 335

153 V. Intellectual Property Laws The Copyright Act, 1957 The Copyright Act, 1957 ("Copyright Act") governs copyright protection in India. Under the Copyright Act, a copyright may subsist in original literary, dramatic, musical or artistic works, cinematograph films, and sound recordings. While copyright registration is not a prerequisite for acquiring or enforcing a copyright in an otherwise copyrightable work, registration constitutes prima facie evidence of the particulars entered therein and may expedite infringement proceedings. Once registered, copyright protection of a work lasts for a period of sixty years from the demise of the author. Reproduction of a copyrighted work for sale or hire, issuing of copies to the public, performance or exhibition in public, making a translation of the work, making an adaptation of the work and making a cinematograph film of the work without consent of the owner of the copyright are all acts which amounts to an infringement of copyright. The Trade Marks Act, 1999 Indian trademark law permits the registration of trademarks for goods and services. The Trade Marks Act, 1999 ("Trademark Act") governs the statutory protection of trademarks and for the prevention of the use of fraudulent marks in India. An application for trademark registration may be made by individual or joint applicants and can be made on the basis of either use or intention to use a trademark in the future. Once granted, trademark registration is valid for ten years, unless cancelled. If not renewed after 10 (ten) years, the mark lapses and the registration have to be restored. The Trademark (Amendment) Act, 2010 has been enacted by the government to amend the Trademark Act to enable Indian nationals as well as foreign nationals to secure simultaneous protection of trademark in other countries. It also seeks to simplify the law relating to transfer of ownership of trademarks by assignment or transmission and to align the law with international practice. The Patents Act, 1970 The Patents Act, 1970 ("Patents Act") governs the patent regime in India. Being a signatory to the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights, India is required to recognise product patents as well as process patents. In addition to broad requirement that an invention satisfy the requirements of novelty, utility and non-obviousness in order for it to avail patent protection, the Patents Act further provides that patent protection may not be granted to certain specified types of inventions and materials even if they satisfy the above criteria. The Patents Act prohibits any person resident in India from applying for patent for an invention outside India without making an application for the invention in India. The term of a patent granted under the Patents Act is for a period of twenty years from the date of filing of the application for the patent. Designs Act, 2000 ("Designs Act") Industrial designs have been accorded protection under the Designs Act. A Design means only the features of shape, configuration, pattern, ornament or composition of lines or colour or combination thereof applied to any article whether two dimensional or three dimensional or in both forms, by any industrial process or means, whether manual, mechanical or chemical, separate or combined, which in the finished article appeal to and are judged solely by the eye, but does not include any mode or principle or construction or anything which is in substance a mere mechanical device, and expressly excludes works accorded other kinds of protection like property marks, Trademarks and Copyrights. Any person claiming to be the proprietor of a new or original design may apply for registration of the same under the Act before the Controller-General of Patents, Designs and Trade Marks. On registration, the proprietor of the design attains a copyright over the same. The duration of the registration of a design in India is initially ten years from the date of registration, but in cases where claim to priority has been allowed the duration is ten years Page 152 of 335

154 from the priority date. No person may sell, apply for the purpose of sale or import for the purpose of sale any registered design, or fraudulent or obvious imitation thereof. VI. Other Laws The Indian Contract Act, 1872 The Indian Contract Act, 1872 ("Contract Act") codifies the way in which a contract may be entered into, executed, implementation of the provisions of a contract and effects of breach of a contract. A person is free to contract on any terms he chooses. The Contract Act consists of limiting factors subject to which contract may be entered into, executed and the breach enforced. It provides a framework of rules and regulations that govern formation and performance of contract. The contracting parties themselves decide the rights and duties of parties and terms of agreement. The Specific Relief Act, 1963 The Specific Relief Act, 1963 ("SR Act") is complimentary to the provisions of the Contract Act and the Transfer of Property Act, as the Act applies both to movable property and immovable property. The SR Act applies in cases where the Court can order specific performance of a contract. Specific relief can be granted only for purpose of enforcing individual civil rights and not for the mere purpose of enforcing a civil law. Specific performance means Court will order the party to perform his part of agreement, instead of imposing on him any monetary liability to pay damages to other party. The Companies Act, 2013 The Companies Act, 2013 ("CA 2013") has been introduced to replace the existing Companies Act, 1956 in a phased manner. The CA 2013 primarily regulates the formation, financing, functioning and winding up of companies. The CA 2013 prescribes regulatory mechanism regarding all relevant aspects, including organizational, financial and managerial aspects of the company. It plays a fundamental role in protecting the investors and the shareholders and balances it with different aspects of company autonomy. The Ministry of Corporate Affairs has also issued Rules complementary to the Act, establishing the procedure to be followed by the companies in order to comply with the substantive provisions of the Companies Act, Competition Act, 2002 The Competition Act, 2002 ("Competition Act") aims to prevent anti-competitive practices that cause or are likely to cause an appreciable adverse effect on competition in the relevant market in India. The Competition Act regulates anticompetitive agreements, abuse of dominant position and combinations. The Competition Commission of India which became operational from May 20, 2009 has been established under the Competition Act to deal with inquiries relating to anti-competitive agreements and abuse of dominant position and regulate combinations. The Competition Act also provides that the Competition Commission has the jurisdiction to inquire into and pass orders in relation to an anti-competitive agreement, abuse of dominant position or a combination, which even though entered into, arising or taking place outside India or signed between one or more non-indian parties, but causes an appreciable adverse effect in the relevant market in India. The Consumer Protection Act, 1986 The Consumer Protection Act ("COPRA") aims at providing better protection to the interests of consumers and for that purpose makes provisions for the establishment of authorities for the settlement of consumer disputes. The COPRA provides a mechanism for the consumer to file a complaint against a trader or service provider in cases of unfair trade practices, restrictive trade practices, defects in goods, deficiency in services; price charged being unlawful and goods being hazardous to life and safety when used. The COPRA Page 153 of 335

155 provided for a three tier consumer grievance redressal mechanism at the national, state and district levels. The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 The Transfer of Property Act, 1882 ("TP Act") as amended, establishes the general principles relating to transfer of property in India. It forms a basis for identifying the categories of property that are capable of being transferred, the persons competent to transfer property, the validity of restrictions and conditions imposed on the transfer and the creation of contingencies and vested interest in the property. It also provides for the rights and liabilities of the vendor and purchaser in a transaction of sale of land. The Registration Act, 1908 The Registration Act, 1908 ("Registration Act") was passed to consolidate the enactments relating to the registration of documents. The main purpose for which the Registration Act was designed was to ensure information about all deals concerning land so that correct land records could be maintained. The Registration Act is used for proper recording of transactions relating to other immovable property also. The Registration Act provides for registration of other documents also, which can give these documents more authenticity. Registering authorities have been provided in all the districts for this purpose. Maharashtra Rent Control Act, 1999 The Maharashtra Rent Control Act, 1999 ("MRC Act") unifies, consolidates and amends the law relating to the control of rent and repairs of certain premises and of eviction and for encouraging the construction of new houses by assuring a fair return on the investment by landlords and to provide for the matters connected with the purposes of controlling rent. It is expedient to unify, consolidate and amend the laws prevailing in the different parts of the State relating to the control of rents and repairs of certain premises and of eviction and for encouraging the construction of new houses by assuring a fair return and to provide for the matters connected with the purposes rent control. Indian Stamp Act, 1899 Stamp duty is payable on all instruments/ documents evidencing a transfer or creation or extinguishment of any right, title or interest in immoveable property. The Indian Stamp Act, 1899 (the Stamp Act ) provides for the imposition of stamp duty at the specified rates on instruments listed in Schedule I of the Stamp Act. However, under the Constitution of India, the states are also empowered to prescribe or alter the stamp duty payable on such documents executed within the state. Instruments chargeable to duty under the Stamp Act but which have not been duly stamped, are incapable of being admitted in court as evidence of the transaction contained therein. The Stamp Act also provides for impounding of instruments by certain specified authorities and bodies and imposition of penalties, for instruments which are not sufficiently stamped or not stamped at all Instruments which have not been properly stamped instruments can be validated by paying a penalty of up to 10 times of the total duty payable on such instruments. Shops and Establishments Legislation The provisions of shops and establishments legislations, as may be applicable in a state in which establishments are set up, regulate the conditions of work and employment and generally prescribe obligations in respect of inter alia registration, opening and closing hours, daily and weekly working hours, holidays, leave, health and safety measures and wages for overtime work. Our Company has its registered office in the state of Maharashtra. Accordingly, the provisions of the Bombay Shop and Establishments Act, 1960 are applicable to our Company. The Bombay Shops and Establishments Act, 1960 as amended, regulates the conditions of work in shops, commercial establishments, restaurants, theatres and other establishments in Maharashtra and makes provisions for the opening and closing of shops, daily and weekly Page 154 of 335

156 hours of work, employment of children and young persons, health and safety measures, wages etc. The Sale of Goods Act The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 ("Sale of Goods Act") governs the contracts relating to sale of goods. The contracts for sale of goods are subject to the general principles of the law relating to contracts. The Sale of Goods Act is complimentary to the Indian Contract Act, 1872, and the unrepealed provisions of the Indian Contract Act, 1872, save in so far as they are inconsistent with the express provisions of the Sale of Goods Act, continue to apply to contracts for the sale of goods. A contract of sale may be an absolute one or based on certain conditions. The Sale of Goods Act contains provisions in relation to the essential aspects of such contracts, including the transfer of ownership of the goods, delivery of goods, rights and duties of the buyer and seller, remedies for breach of contract and the conditions and warranties implied under a contract for sale of goods. Foreign Investment laws Foreign investment in India is governed by the provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 ("FEMA") along with the rules, regulations and notifications made by the Reserve Bank of India thereunder, and the Consolidated FDI Policy ("FDI Policy") issued by the Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion, Ministry of Commerce and Industry, Government of India ("DIPP") from time to time. Under the current FDI Policy, foreign investment can be made under the automatic and approval route. In terms of applicable FEMA regulations and the SEBI (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2014, as amended, investments by Foreign Portfolio Investors ("FPI") in the capital of an Indian company under the SEBI (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2014 is subject to certain limits, i.e. the individual holding of an FPI is restricted to below 10% of the capital of the company and the aggregate limit for FPI investment is capped at 24% of the capital of the company. Such aggregate limit for FPI investment in a company can be increased up to the applicable sectoral cap by passing a board resolution, followed by a special resolution by the shareholders, subject to prior intimation to the RBI. Our Company has, accordingly, increased such aggregate limit for FPI investment to 49% of our paid-up Equity Share capital. The Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 2015 The Arbitration and Conciliation Act ("Arbitration Act") was enacted to consolidate and amend the law relating to domestic arbitration, international commercial arbitration and enforcement of foreign arbitral awards as also to define the law relating to conciliation and for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. The main objectives of the Act is to comprehensively cover international and commercial arbitration and conciliation as also domestic arbitration and conciliation, to make provision for an arbitral procedure which is fair, efficient and capable of meeting the needs of the specific arbitration. The Act provides for the arbitral tribunal to gives reasons for its arbitral award, to ensure that the arbitral tribunal remains within the limits of its jurisdiction and thus minimizing the supervisory role of courts in the arbitral process. There are many provisions that also permit an arbitral tribunal to use mediation, conciliation or other procedures during the arbitral proceedings to encourage settlement of disputes, to provide that every final arbitral award is enforced in the same manner as if it were a decree of the court, to provide that a settlement agreement reached by the parties as a result of conciliation proceedings will have the same status and effect as an arbitral award on agreed terms on the substance of the dispute rendered by an arbitral tribunal and to provide that, for purposes of enforcement of foreign awards, every arbitral award made in a country to which one of the two International Conventions relating to foreign arbitral awards to which India is a party applies, will be treated as a foreign award. Page 155 of 335

157 History and Background HISTORY AND CERTAIN CORPORATE MATTERS Our Company was originally incorporated as a Private Limited Company under the provisions of Companies Act, 1956 and registered with the Registrar of Companies, Mumbai, Maharashtra with the name Artemis Electricals Private Limited on October 26, Subsequently, our company was converted into public limited company pursuant to special resolution passed by our shareholders dated July 25, 2015 and name of company was changed to Artemis Electricals Limited to reflect the legal status of our Company pursuant to issuance of fresh certification of incorporation granted by the Registrar of Companies Mumbai, dated August 27, Corporate Identification Number of our company is U51505MH2009PLC Our Business For a description of our activities, services, technology, market segments, the growth of our Company and regional geographical segment in which our Company, please refer chapters titled Business Overview, Industry Overview and Management s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations beginning on pages 124, 100 and 218 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, respectively. For details of the management and managerial competence of our Company, please refer chapter titled Our Management beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Changes in registered office of the Company: Our Company s registered office is presently situated at Artemis Complex, Gala no. 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East) Thane The details of changes in address of our registered office since incorporation are set as forth below:- Date of Change of Registered Office May 30, 2013 Main Objects of our Company The object of our Company is: Old Address 142, Garuda House, Upper Govind Nagar, Near Kailashpuri Hanuman Temple, Malad (East) Mumbai New Address Artemis Complex, Gala no. 105 & 108, National Express Highway, Vasai (East), Thane, Maharashtra , India To carry on the business in India and abroad as Manufacturer, Traders, Distributers, Dealers, Exporter, Importer, Suppliers, Brokers, Stockiest & Commission Agent, Agency business, Processors Installation, Selling & Marketing Business, Processors installation, Selling & Marketing Business, Assembling, Develop, Electrical, Electronic and Instrumentation items, LED Package and LED Lighting products, Lamps, Street Lights, Display Panels, Modules, Electronic Products, Accessories and other components and devices, Engineering products goods, Plant & Machinery, Equipment, Apparatus and other Gadgets, Appliances, Accessories, Electronic Organisers, Contractors, Light Fitting, erect, to expand money in experimenting upon and testing and in improving or seeking to improve any patents inventions. Page 156 of 335

158 Amendments to the MoA Since incorporation, following amendments have been made to the MoA: Sr. No. Date of Shareholders Approval Particulars 1. On Incorporation The authorized capital of our company on incorporation comprised of Rs. 5,00,000/- consisting of 50,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each 2. January 04, 2010 Clause V of the MoA was amended to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital from Rs. 5,00,000/- divided into 50,000 Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each to Rs. 2,00,00,000/- divided into 20,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each. 3. June 03, 2013 Clause V of the MoA was amended to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital from Rs. 2,00,00,000/- divided into 20,00,000 Equity Shares of Rs.10/- each to Rs. 2,50,00,000/- divided into 25,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each. 4. July 25, 2015 Clause V of the MoA was amended to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital from Rs. 2,50,00,000/- divided into 25,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each to Rs. 5,00,00,000/- divided into 50,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each. 5. July 25, 2015 Clause III (C) of the MoA was deleted 6. July 25, 2015 Clause I of MoA was amended to reflect the conversion of the Company from a private limited company to public limited company and the consequent change in name from Artemis Electricals Private Limited to Artemis Electricals Limited 7. August 27, 2015 Conversion of company from Private Limited to Public Limited company and subsequent change of name of company from Artemis Electricals Private Limited to Artemis Electricals Limited. 8. December 26, 2015 Clause V of the MoA was amended to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital from Rs. 5,00,00,000/- divided into 50,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each to Rs. 7,00,00,000/- divided into 70,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each. 9. May 05, 2018 Clause V of the MoA was amended to reflect the increase in the authorized share capital from Rs. 7,00,00,000/- divided into 70,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each to Rs. 22,00,00,000/- divided into 2,20,00,000 Equity shares of Rs. 10/- each. Key Events and Milestones The following table sets forth the key events and milestones in the history of our Company, since incorporation: Year Events 2009 Incorporation of our Company 2013 Crossed 500 Lacs Turnover 2015 Converted in to Public Limited Company and consequently the name was changed to Artemis Electricals Limited" 2016 Crossed 2500 Lacs Turnover landmark 2017 Started supply of 10,000 Street lights of 24W to Karnataka State Electronics Development Page 157 of 335

159 Year Events Corporation Limited (KEONICS) Time and cost overrun in setting up of projects Except as described under section titled Risk Factors beginning on page 25 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, there have been no instances of time and cost overruns in setting up of our projects in the past. Details of launch of key products or services, entry in new geographies or exit from existing markets For details pertaining to launch of key products or services, entry in new geographies or exit from existing markets, please refer chapter titled Business Overview beginning on page 124 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Defaults or rescheduling/restructuring of borrowings of our Company with financial institutions/banks There have been no defaults or rescheduling/restructuring of borrowings with any of the financial institutions/banks or conversion of loans into equity in relation to our Company. Changes in the activities of our Company during the last five (5) years There has been no change in the activities of our Company during the last five (5) years which may have had a material effect on the statement of profit & loss of our Company, including discontinuance of a line of business, loss of agencies or markets and similar factors. Acquisition or divestments of business/undertakings, mergers and amalgamations Our Company has neither acquired any entity, business or undertakings nor has undertaken any mergers or amalgamation during the last ten (10) years. Revaluation of assets Our Company has not revalued its assets since incorporation and has not issued any Equity Shares (including bonus shares) by capitalizing any revaluation reserves. Strategic Partners As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any strategic partners Financial Partners Apart from the arrangements with bankers and lenders which our Company undertakes in the ordinary course of business, as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any financial partner. Holding Company As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have a holding company. Subsidiaries As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have a subsidiary company. Joint Ventures As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has no joint-ventures as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Page 158 of 335

160 Shareholders and other material agreements As on the date on this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any shareholders agreement and any other material agreement. Page 159 of 335

161 Board of Directors OUR MANAGEMENT Our Articles of Association require us to have not less than three (3) Directors and not more than fifteen (15) Directors. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Board comprises of four (4) Directors, out of which two (2) are executive Directors, one (1) are non-executive Directors and two (2) are Independent Directors (including a woman Director). The following table sets forth the details of our Board as of the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus: Sr. No. Name, designation, occupation, address, nationality, date of appointment, term and DIN Age (in years) Other directorships Pravin Agarwal Designation Promoter, Chairman & Executive Director Occupation Business Address 1105 Tower A, Raheja Sherwood, Western Express Highway, Goregaon (East), Mumbai , Maharashtra, India Nationality Indian Date of appointment as Chairman and Executive Director May 05, 2018 Term Liable to retire by rotation Date of Birth: April 05, 1971 DIN Ramniranjan Bhutra Designation Non- Executive Director Occupation Professional 47 Public Limited Company: 1- P.K Global Amusement Park Limited Private Limited Company: 1- Golden Chariot Organics Pharma (India) Private Limited 2- Dforce Electro Werke Private Limited 3- PKSS Infrastructure Private Limited 4- Vriti Infrastructure Private Limited 5- Eternal Infra Private Limited 6- Makindian Foods Private Limited 7- Poonam Anjali Ventures Private Limited 8- Garuda Construction And Engineering Private Limited 9- P.K. Hospitality Services Private Limited 10- Golden Chariot Retreats And Infra Private Limited 11- Garuda Aviation Services Private Limited 12- Deepa Travel Private Limited 13- Garuda Telefilms Private Limited 14- Ayesspea Holding and Investment Private Limited 15- Eternal Building Assets Private Limited 16- Waive Premises Private Limited 17- Purple N Blue Events Private Limited 18- BDMV Global Ventures Private Limited Limited Liability Partnership: 1- Nil 36 Public Limited Company: 1- P.K Global Amusement Park Limited Private Limited Company: 1- Golden Chariot Organics Pharma (India) Private Limited 2- Makindian Foods Private Limited Page 160 of 335

162 Sr. No. Name, designation, occupation, address, nationality, date of appointment, term and DIN Age (in years) Other directorships Address G-401, Evershine Millennium Paradise Moon 73, Thakur village, Evershine Dream Park, Kandivali East, Mumbai, Maharashtra, India Nationality Indian Date of appointment January 25, 2018 Term Liable to retire by rotation Date of Birth: October 08, 1982 DIN Krishnakumar Bangera Designation Non-Executive Independent Director Occupation Business Address 401, Jeevan Sathi, 18, Juhu Lane, C D Barfiwala Marg, inside New India Staff Quarters, Andheri West, Mumbai , Maharashtra, India. Nationality Indian Date of appointment December 01, 2015 Term For a period of five consecutive years upto November 30, 2020 Date of Birth: April 18, 1951 DIN Richa Sharma Designation Non-Executive Independent Director Occupation Business 3- Electro Force (India) Private Limited 4- Golden Chariot Hospitality Services Private Limited 5- Garuda Rainbow Foods Private Limited 6- Garuda Telefilms Private Limited 7- P.K. Global Logistics (India) Private Limited 8- Narrow Structures Private Limited 9- Complete Aviation Solution Private Limited 10- GC Leisure Private Limited 11- Golden Chariot Retreats and Infra Private Limited Limited Liability Partnership: 1- Resolute Advisors LLP 67 Public Limited Company 1- Nill Private Limited Company 1- Global Exchange Company Private Limited Limited Liability Partnership 1 - Nil 31 Public Limited Company 1- Nil Private Limited Company 1- Nil Page 161 of 335

163 Sr. No. Name, designation, occupation, address, nationality, date of appointment, term and DIN Age (in years) Other directorships Address Flat No.102 Gunjan B wing, Gaurav Garden, Charkop, Kandivali West Mumbai , Maharashtra, India Limited Liability Partnership 1 - Nil Nationality Indian Date of Appointment May 05, 2018 Term For a period of five consecutive years upto May 04, 2023 Date of Birth: September 16, 1987 DIN Shiv Singh Designation Whole Time Director Occupation Professional Address Garuda House, Atlanta Bldg., 102 to 110, Vitbhatti, Off Goregaon Mulund Link Road, Mumbai Nationality Indian Date of Appointment December 29, 2018 Term For a period of five consecutive years upto December 28, 2023 Date of Birth: May 01, 1968 DIN Public Limited Company 1- Nil Private Limited Company 1- Nil Limited Liability Partnership 1 - Nil Relationship between our Directors As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of our directors are related to each other. Relationship between our Directors and KMPs Page 162 of 335

164 As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of our directors and KMPs are related to each other. Brief biographies of our Directors Pravin Agarwal Pravin Agarwal, aged 47 years, is the Promoter, Chairman and Executive Director of our Company. He started his journey in the field of Hospitality and Aviation related Industry. Then he ventured in manufacturing of LED products namely Emitters, Luminaires and Drivers. He is Director of the Company since incorporation and is designated as Chairman and Executive Director of the Company from May 05, He is actively involved in the decision making and management of the Company. Shiv Singh Shiv Kumar Singh, aged 50 years, is the Chief Financial Officer w. e. f. April 16, 2018 and Whole Time Director w.e.f. December 29, 2018 of our Company. He has completed Intermediate examination from The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Prior to joining our Company, he was working at Nanubhai & Co. He looks after financial matters of our Company. Ramniranjan Bhutra Ramniranjan Bhutra, aged 36 years, is appointed as Non-Executive Director of our Company w.e.f. January 25, He is Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountant of India. He provides opinion and guidance to our Company for operational issues and is involved in planning of new business development abroad. Krishnakumar Bangera Krishnakumar Bangera, aged 67 years is appointed as Non-Executive Independent Director of our Company w.e.f. December 01, Richa Sharma Richa Sharma, aged 31 years is appointed as Non-Executive Independent Director of our Company w.e.f. May 05, She has completed Bachelor of Arts from Kurukshetra University. Confirmations None of our Directors is or was a director of any listed company, whose shares have been or were suspended from being traded on any stock exchanges having nationwide terminals, during the last five (5) years prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, during the term of his/her directorship in such company. None of our Directors is or was, a director of any listed company, which has been or was delisted from any stock exchanges, during the term of his/her directorship in such company. None of our sundry debtors are related to our Directors in any manner. For details, please refer section titled Financial Statements on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. None of our Directors have been or was identified as a wilful defaulter as defined under SEBI ICDR Regulations. No proceedings or investigations have been initiated by SEBI against any company, the board of directors which comprise of any of the Directors of our Company. Page 163 of 335

165 No consideration, either in cash or shares or in any other form have been paid or agreed to be paid to any of our Directors or to the firms, trusts or companies in which they have an interest in, by any person, either to induce him to become or to help him qualify as a Director, or otherwise for services rendered by him or by the firm, trust or company in which he is interested, in connection with the promotion or formation of our Company. Details of any arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has no arrangement or understanding with any major shareholders, customers or suppliers and none of our Directors or members of senior management were appointed pursuant to any arrangement or understanding with any major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others. Borrowing Powers of the Board Our Articles of Association, subject to applicable law, authorize our Board to raise or borrow money or secure the payment of any sum of money for the purposes of our Company. Pursuant to a resolution passed by the members at the EGM of the Company held on December 04, 2017, pursuant to provisions of Section 180(1)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013 and other enabling applicable provisions, if any, consent of the Company be is hereby accorded to the Board of Directors of the Company for borrowing any sum or sums of moneys for and behalf of the Company, from time to time from any one or more persons, firms, bodies corporates, bankers or financial institution, or from others by way of advance, deposits, loans or otherwise and whether unsecured or secured by mortgage, hypothecation, or lien or pledge, of the Company s assets and properties, whether movable or immovable or stock-in process and debts, advances notwithstanding that the sum or sums of moneys so borrowed together with moneys, if any borrowed by the Company (apart from temporary loans obtained from the Company s bankers in the ordinary course of business) will or may exceed the aggregate of the paid up share capital and its free reserves of our Company, provided that the total outstanding amount so borrowed shall not exceed the limit of 3,000 Lakhs. Payment or benefit to Directors of our Company 1. Terms of Appointment of Executive Directors a. Pravin Agarwal Pravin Agarwal was Director of Company at the time of Incorporation i.e. September 29, However, he resigned from Company on March 30, Subsequently, he was re-appointed as Non-Executive Director on July 25, However, he was re-designated as Executive Director and Chairman of the Company on May 28, 2018 is subject to liable retirement by rotation. The following are the terms of remuneration: Terms of remuneration Amount in Basic Salary (Fixed) 2,50,000 per month Total 2,50,000 per month In the event in any financial year during the tenure of Pravin Agarwal, our Company does not earn any profits or earns inadequate profit, our Company may pay to Pravin Agarwal, remuneration as per the provisions of Schedule V of the Companies Act. Page 164 of 335

166 b. Shiv Singh Shiv Singh is designated as Whole Time Director of the Company on December 29, 2018 and is also the Chief Financial Officer of the Company and is subject to liable retirement by rotation. Salary and Perquisites/Allowances: Rs. 59,410/- per month as remuneration and with power to the board to increase the remuneration in accordance with the provisions of his duties. The value of the perquisites would be evaluated as per the Income Tax Rules, 1962, wherever applicable, and at cost in the absence of any such rules. In the event in any financial year during the tenure of Shiv Singh, our Company does not earn any profits or earns inadequate profit, our Company may pay to Shiv Singh, remuneration as per the provisions of Schedule V of the Companies Act. 2. Remuneration to Non-Executive Directors The details of remuneration paid to our Non-Executive Directors during Financial Year are as follows: ( in Lakhs) Name of non-executive Directors Sitting fees ( ) Commission Other remuneration, if any Ramniranjan Bhutra* 25,000 NA NA Krishnakumar Bangera 25,000 NA NA Richa Sharma 25,000 NA NA *Ramniranjan was appointed January 25,2018 was Nil or as may be decided by Board of Directors subsequent. Shareholding of Directors in our Company As per our AOA, our Directors are not required to hold any qualification shares. The shareholding of our Directors in our Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus is set forth below: Name of director Number of equity shares Pre-Issue Percentage shareholding (%) Pravin Agarwal 17,08, % Ramniranjan Bhutra 6,65, % Total 23,73, % Appointment of relatives of our Directors to any office or place of profit None of the relatives of our Directors currently hold any office, or place of profit in our Company. Interest of directors All Directors may be deemed to be interested to the extent of sitting fees payable to them for attending meetings of the Board or a committee thereof and as well as to the extent of reimbursement of expenses payable to them under the Articles. Our executive Directors are interested to the extent of remuneration, discretionary performance, variable pay and annual retention bonus payable to them for services rendered as an officer or employee of our Company. Our Independent Directors are also interested to the extent of profit related commission payable to them. The Directors may also be deemed to be interested in the Equity Shares, if any, held by them and/or any Equity Shares that may be held by their relatives, the companies, firms and trusts, in which they are interested as directors, members, partners, trustees, beneficiaries and Page 165 of 335

167 promoters and in any dividend distribution which may be made by our Company in the future. For the shareholding of the Directors, please refer chapter titled Our Management - Shareholding of Directors in our Company beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. All of the Directors may also be deemed to be interested in the contracts, agreements/arrangements entered into or to be entered into by our Company in which they hold directorships. Except as otherwise stated in section titled Financial Statements on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not entered into any contract, agreements or arrangements during two (2) years preceding the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus in which the Directors are interested directly or indirectly and no payments have been made to them in respect of these contracts, agreements, arrangements which are proposed to be made with them. Other than our Promoter Directors, none of the other Directors have any interest in the promotion of our Company other than in the ordinary course of business. Interest in property of our Company Our Directors have no interest in any property acquired by our Company in a period of two (2) years prior to the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, or proposed to be acquired by our Company. Business Interest Except as stated in section titled Financial Statements on page 182 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, and to the extent of shareholding in our Company, and any dividends payable to them and other distributions in respect of the Equity Shares, our Directors do not have any other interest in our business. Payment of benefits (non-salary related) Except as disclosed above, no amount or benefit has been paid or given within the two (2) years preceding the date of filing of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus or is intended to be paid or given to any of our Directors except the normal remuneration for services rendered and/or sitting fees as Directors. Loans to directors No loans have been availed by the Directors from our Company. None of the beneficiaries of loans, advances and sundry debtors are related to the Directors of our Company. Bonus or profit-sharing plan for the Directors None of the Directors are party to any bonus or profit-sharing plan of our Company. Service contracts with Directors As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not entered into any service contracts with Directors. Our Directors are not interested in the appointment of or acting as Registrar to the Issue and Bankers to the Issue or any such intermediaries registered with SEBI. There is no contingent or deferred compensation accrued for the year, which is payable to our Directors. Changes in the board of directors in the last three (3) years There has been no change in the Board of Directors, except as stated below during the last three (3) years: Page 166 of 335

168 Name of the Director Venkatesh Kumar Tirupatipanyam Ramniranjan Bhutra Sudhir Kumar Agarwal Priti Agarwal Chandrahas Shetty Richa Sharma Pravin Agarwal Chandrahas Shetty Kumar Corporate Governance Designation Non-Executive Independent Director Non-Executive Director Date of appointment / Cessation / change in designation January 20, 2018 Reason Resigned as Non-Executive Independent Director January 25, 2018 Appointment as Non-Executive Director Whole Time Director April 16, 2018 Resigned as Whole Time Director Non-Executive Director April 16, 2018 Resigned as Non-Executive Independent Director Whole Time Director May 05, 2018 Appointment as Whole Time Director Non-Executive May 05, 2018 Appointment as Non-Executive Independent Independent Director Director Non-Executive Director May 25, 2018 Change in Designation from Non- Executive Director to Executive Director & Chairman Whole Time Director November 19, 2018 Resigned as Whole Time Director In addition to the applicable provisions of the Companies Act with respect to corporate governance, provisions of SEBI Listing Regulations to the extent applicable to the entity whose shares are listed on BSE SME will also be applicable to us immediately upon the listing of our Equity Shares with the BSE SME. We are in compliance with the requirements of the applicable regulations, including SEBI Listing Regulations, SEBI regulations and the Companies Act in respect of corporate governance including constitution of the Board and committees thereof. Our Board has been constituted in compliance with the Companies Act and SEBI Listing Regulations. The Board functions either as a full board or through various committees constituted to oversee specific functions. Our executive management provides our Board, detailed reports on its performance periodically. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Board has four (5) Directors. In compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act and SEBI Listing Regulations, to the extent applicable we have one (2) executive Directors, one (1) non-executive Directors and two (2) Independent Directors on our Board. Our Chairman is an executive Director and further, in compliance with SEBI Listing Regulations and Companies Act, we have one (1) woman director on our Board, who is a Non-Executive Independent Director. Committees of the Board of directors Our Board of Directors presently has four (4) committees which have been constituted in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act and SEBI Listing Regulations: (i) Audit Committee, (ii) Nomination and Remuneration Committee (iii) Corporate Social Responsibility Committee and (iv) IPO Committee. Page 167 of 335

169 (i) Audit Committee Our Company has re-constituted an Audit Committee as per Section 177 of the Companies Act vide resolution passed in the meeting of our Board dated May 05, The current constitution of the Audit Committee is as follows: Name of Director Position in the Committee Designation Krishnakumar Bangera Chairman Non-Executive Independent Director Richa Sharma Members Non-Executive Independent Director Pravin Agarwal Members Executive Director The Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of the Company would act as the Secretary to the Audit Committee The Audit Committee shall have following powers: a. To investigate any activity within its terms of reference; b. To seek information from any employee; c. To obtain outside legal or other professional advice; and d. To secure attendance of outsiders with relevant expertise if it considers necessary. The Audit Committee shall mandatorily review the following information: a. Management discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations; b. Statement of significant related party transactions (as defined by the audit committee), submitted by management; c. Management letters / letters of internal control weaknesses issued by the statutory auditors; d. Internal audit reports relating to internal control weaknesses; and e. The appointment, removal and terms of remuneration of the Chief internal auditor shall be subject to review by the Audit Committee. The scope and function of the Audit Committee is in accordance with section 177 of the Companies Act. The recommendations of the Audit Committee on any matter relating to financial management, including the audit report, are binding on the Board. If the Board is not in agreement with the recommendations of the Committee, reasons for disagreement shall have to be incorporated in the minutes of the Board Meeting and the same has to be communicated to the shareholders. The Chairman of the Audit committee has to attend the Annual General Meetings of the Company to provide clarifications on matters relating to the audit. Role of Audit Committee The terms of reference of the Audit Committee are given below: Recommending to the Board, the appointment, re-appointment including the filling of a casual vacancy and, if required, the replacement or removal of the auditor/s, remuneration and terms of appointment of auditors; review and monitor the auditor s independence and performance, and effectiveness of audit process; examination of the company s financial statements and the auditor s report; approval including omnibus approval or any subsequent modification for related party transactions proposed to be entered into by the Company; Page 168 of 335

170 scrutiny of inter -corporate loans and investments; valuation of undertakings or assets of the Company, wherever it is necessary; evaluation of internal financial controls and risk management systems; monitoring the end use of funds raised through public offers and related matters; reviewing, with the management, the financial statements before submission to the Board for approval; reviewing, with the management, performance of Auditors and internal auditors; carrying out such other functions as delegated by the Board of Directors. Meeting of Audit Committee & relevant Quorum The audit committee shall meet at least 4 times in a year and not more than 120 days shall elapse between 2 meetings. The quorum shall be either 2 members or one third of the members of the Audit Committee whichever is greater (ii) Nomination and Remuneration Committee Our Company has re-constituted a Nomination and Remuneration committee as per section 178 of the Companies Act vide resolution passed in the meeting of Board dated May 05, 2018The current constitution of the Nomination and Remuneration committee is as follows: Name of Director Position in the Committee Designation Richa Sharma Chairman Non-Executive Independent Director Krishna Kumar Bangera e Member Non-Executive Independent Director Ramniranjan Bhutra Member Non executive Director The scope and functions of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee are in conformity with the requirements of section 178 of the Companies Act. Role of Nomination and Remuneration Committee The terms of reference of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee, inter alia includes the following: Identify persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior management of the Company; formulate criteria for determining qualification, positive attributes and independence of a director; recommend to the Board appointment and removal of a director and senior management; evaluate the Board s performance and carry out evaluation of directors, key managerial persons and senior management; evaluate the Board s performance and carry out evaluation of every director s performance; make recommendations to the Board relating to the remuneration for directors, key managerial personnel and other employees; ensure that the level and composition of remuneration is reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and motivate directors, key managerial personnel and senior management to run the Company successfully; ensure that remuneration to directors, key managerial personnel and senior management involves a balance between fixed and incentive pay reflecting short and long-term performance objectives appropriate to the working of the Company and its goals.; delegate any of its powers to one or more of its members or the secretary of the Committee; consider such other key issues or matters as may be referred by the Board or as may be necessary in view of the provisions of the Act and Rules made thereunder. Page 169 of 335

171 2. Meetings: The Committee shall meet as and when the need arise for review of Managerial Remuneration. The quorum for the meeting shall be one third of the total strength of the Committee or two members whichever is higher. Meeting of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee shall be called by at least seven days notice in advance. 3. Quorum: The quorum shall be either two (2) members or one third of the member of the committee whichever is greater (iii) Corporate Social Responsibility Committee The Corporate Social Responsibility committee was re-constituted by a resolution of our Board dated May 05, The current constitution of the Corporate Social Responsibility committee is as follows: Name of Director Position in the Committee Designation Richa Sharma Chairman Non-Executive Independent Director Krishnakumar Bangera Member Non-Executive Independent Director Shiv Singh Member Whole Time Director The scope and functions of the Corporate Social Responsibility committee are in conformity with the requirements of section 135 of the Companies Act. The terms of reference of the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee, inter alia includes the following: To formulate and recommend to the Board, a CSR Policy which shall indicate the activities to be undertaken by the Company as per the Companies Act; To review and recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred on the activities to be undertaken by the Company; To monitor the CSR Policy of the Company from time to time; Adhere to section 135 of the Companies Act & Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014 (including any statutory modification & amendments or re-enactments thereto for time being in force); Any other matter as the CSR Committee may deem appropriate after approval of the Board of Directors or as may be directed by the Board of Directors from time to time. (iv) Stakeholders Relationship Committee Our Company has Stakeholders Relationship Committee as per the Section 178 of the Companies Act vide resolution passed in the meeting of Board dated May 05, 2018 The current constitution of the Stakeholders Relationship Committee is as follows: Name of Director Position in the Committee Designation Ramniranjan Bhutra Chairman Non executive Director Krishnakumar Bangera Member Non-executive Independent Director Shiv Singh Member Whole Time Director The Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of the Company would act as the Secretary to the Stakeholder s Relationship Committee. The Stakeholders Relationship Committee shall oversee all matters pertaining to investors of our Company. The scope and functions of the Stakeholders Relationship Committee are in conformity with the requirements of section 178 of the Companies Act. Page 170 of 335

172 Role of Stakeholders Relationship Committee The terms of reference of the Stakeholders Relationship Committee, inter alia includes the following: The Stakeholders Relationship Committee shall consider and resolve the grievances of security holders of the company. Efficient transfer of shares including review of cases for refusal of transfer/transmission of shares and debentures; Matters related to share transfer, issue of duplicate share certificate, dematerizations. Also delegate powers to the executive of our Company to process transfer etc. Redressal of security holder s/investor s complaints efficient transfer of shares; including review of cases for refusal of transfer/transmission of shares and debentures; Reviewing on a periodic basis the approval/refusal of transfer or transmission of shares, debentures or any other securities; Allotment and listing of shares; Reference to statutory and regulatory authorities regarding investor grievances; To otherwise ensure proper and timely attendance and redressal of investor queries and grievances; Management Organization Structure Page 171 of 335

173 Key Managerial Personnel Our Company is managed by our Board of Directors, assisted by qualified and experienced professionals, who are permanent employees of our Company. Following are the Key Managerial Personnel of our Company: Pravin Agarwal, Promoter, Chairman and Executive Director Pravin Agarwal, aged 47 years, is the Promoter, Chairman and Executive Director of our Company. He started his journey in the field of Hospitality and Aviation related Industry. Then he ventured in manufacturing of LED products namely Emitters, Luminaires and Drivers. He is Director of the Company since incorporation and is designated as Chairman and Executive Director of the Company from May 05, He is actively involved in the decision making and management of the Company. Shiv Singh, Whole Time Director and Chief Financial Officer Shiv Kumar Singh, aged 50 years, is the Chief Financial Officer w. e. f. April 16, 2018 and Whole Time Director w.e.f. December 29, 2018 of our Company. He has completed Intermediate examination from The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Prior to joining our Company, he was working at Nanubhai & Co. He looks after financial matters of our Company. Alheena Khan, Company Secretary and Compliance Officer Alheena Khan, aged 29 years, is Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of our Company w.e.f. April 1, She is a qualified Company Secretary and Associate Member of Institutes of Company Secretaries of India. She looks after the Secretarial Compliance Department of the Company. All the KMPs of our Company are permanent employees of the Company. Nature of any family relation between any of the key managerial personnel As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, none of our Directors or Key Managerial Personnel s and Promoters are related to each other. Arrangement or understanding with major shareholders, customers, suppliers or others As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has no arrangement or understanding with any major shareholders, customers or suppliers or others, pursuant to which any of the Directors or Key managerial personnel were selected as a Director or member of the senior management. Compensation paid to Key Managerial Personnel during last Financial Year i.e ( in Lakhs) Sr. No. Particulars of Remuneration Company Secretary # Chief Financial Officer # Total Amount 1. Gross Salary a) Salary as per provisions contained in section Nil Nil Nil 17(1) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 b) Value of Perquisites u/s 17(2) of the Income Nil Nil Nil Tax Act, 1961 c) Profits in lieu of salary under Section 17(3) of the Income Tax Act, 1961 Nil Nil Nil 2. Stock Options Nil Nil Nil 3. Sweat Equity Nil Nil Nil 4. Commission Nil Nil Nil Total Nil Nil Nil Page 172 of 335

174 # Shiv Singh was appointed as Chief Financial Officer w.e.f. April 16, and Alheena Khan were appointed as Company Secretary and Compliance Officer w.e.f. April 1, Bonus or profit-sharing plan for Key Managerial Personnel None of the Key Management Personnel is party to any bonus or profit-sharing plan of our Company other than the performance linked incentives given to each Key Management Personnel. Shareholding of the Key Managerial Personnel Except as disclosed below, none of the Key Managerial Personnel holds Equity Shares of our Company as on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Sr. No. Name of the Director No of Equity Shares % of Pre-offer Equity Share Capital 1 Shiv 1,33, % Total 1,33, % Changes in Key Managerial Personnel Except as mentioned below, there has been no change in Key Managerial Personnel during the last three (3) years: Name of KMP Designation Date of change Reason Chandrahas Shetty Chief Financial Officer March 10, 2018 Resignation from Chief Financial Officer Megha Gandhi Company Secretary and March 10, 2018 Resignation from Company Compliance Officer Secretary and Compliance Officer Alheena Khan Company Secretary and April 01, 2018 Appointment as Company Compliance Officer Secretary and Compliance Officer Chandrahas Shetty Chief Executive Officer April 01, 2018 Appointment as Chief Executive Officer Sudhir Kumar Agarwal Whole-time Director April 16,2018 Resignation from Whole time Director Priti Agarwal Director April 16,2018 Resignation as Director Shiv Singh Chief Financial Officer April 16, 2018 Appointment as Chief Financial Officer Chandrahas Shetty Whole-time Director May 05, 2018 Appointment as Whole-time Director Pravin Agarwal Whole-time Director May 28, 2018 Designated as Whole Time Director Chandrahas Shetty Chief Executive Officer November 19, Resignation from Chief Executive & Whole-time Director 2018 Shiv Singh Whole-time Director December 29, 2018 Interest of Key Managerial Personnel Officer & Whole-time Director Designated as Whole Time Director Except as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, the Key Managerial Personnel s of our Company do not have any interest in our Company other than to the extent of their shareholding, remuneration or benefits to which they are entitled to as per their terms of appointment and reimbursement of expenses incurred by them during the ordinary course of business. Loans taken by Directors or Key Managerial Personnel None of our Directors or Key Managerial Personnel have taken any loans from our Company. Page 173 of 335

175 Employees Stock Option Plan As on date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company does not have any employee stock option scheme. Payment or benefits to officers of our Company Except as disclosed in this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, other than statutory payments and remuneration, in the last two (2) years our Company has not paid any non-salary amount or benefit to any of its officers. Service Contracts with KMPs As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Company has not entered into any service contracts with the KMPs. Page 174 of 335

176 Our Promoters OUR PROMOTER AND PROMOTER GROUP The Promoters of our Company are Pravin Agarwal and M/s. Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, our Promoters hold in aggregate 60,14,625 equity shares representing 45.19% of the pre issue paid up capital of our Company. Details about our individual Promoters 1. Pravin Agarwal Pravin Agarwal, aged 47 years, is the Promoter, Chairman and Executive Director of our Company. He started his journey in the field of Hospitality and Aviation related Industry. Then he ventured in manufacturing of LED Luminaries. He is Director of the Company since incorporation and is designated as Chairman and Executive Director of the Company from May 05, He is actively involved in the decision making and management of the Company. Date of Birth: April 05, 1971 Permanent Account Number: AAEPA2401K Aadhar Card Number: Driving License: Not Available Address: 1105 Tower A, Raheja Sherwood, Western Express Highway B/H Hub Mall, Goregaon East Mumbai For further details of his educational qualifications, experience, positions / posts held in the past, directorships held and special achievements, please refer chapter titled Our Management beginning on page 160 of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus. Details of our Corporate Promoter 1. M/s Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited (YIPL) M/s Yashvikram Infrastructure Private Limited (YIPL) was incorporated on December 14, 2004 as a Private Limited Company under the Companies Act, 1956 and registered with the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra, Mumbai. The Corporate Identification Number is U45200MH2004PTC The registered office of YIPL is situated at 142, Garuda House, Upper Govind Nagar, Malad (East), Mumbai The Paid-up Share capital of the company is Rs. 9,68,06,150 /- including both, Equity as well as Preference Share Capital. Main objects of YIPL is as follows: To carry on the business of builders and contractors to layout, develop, construct, build, erect, demolish, re-erect, alter, repairs, re-model or do any other work in connection with any building or building scheme, roads, highways, docks, ships, sewers, bridges, canals, wells, springs, serais, dams, power plants, bours, wharves, ports, reservoirs, embankments, tramway, railways, irrigations, reclamations, improvements, sanitary, water, gas, electric lights, telephonic, telegraphic and power supply works or any other structural or any other architectural work of any kind whatsoever and for such purpose to prepare estimates, designs, plants, specification or models and do such other or any act that may be requisite therefore. As on the date of this Draft Red Herring Prospectus, YIPL holds 32.35% of pre-issue paid-up capital of our Company Page 175 of 335